blob: c0bb74655cf76f6ad4fdee7232fa5434eb49d8e9 [file] [log] [blame]
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00001HXCOMM Use DEFHEADING() to define headings in both help text and rST.
2HXCOMM Text between SRST and ERST is copied to the rST version and
3HXCOMM discarded from C version.
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004HXCOMM DEF(option, HAS_ARG/0, opt_enum, opt_help, arch_mask) is used to
5HXCOMM construct option structures, enums and help message for specified
6HXCOMM architectures.
Peter Maydell3c95fde2020-03-06 17:17:44 +00007HXCOMM HXCOMM can be used for comments, discarded from both rST and C.
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00008
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02009DEFHEADING(Standard options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000010
11DEF("help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_h,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000012 "-h or -help display this help and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000013SRST
14``-h``
15 Display help and exit
16ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +000017
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000018DEF("version", 0, QEMU_OPTION_version,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +000019 "-version display version information and exit\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000020SRST
21``-version``
22 Display version information and exit
23ERST
pbrook9bd7e6d2009-04-07 22:58:45 +000024
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020025DEF("machine", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_machine, \
26 "-machine [type=]name[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +010027 " selects emulated machine ('-machine help' for list)\n"
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020028 " property accel=accel1[:accel2[:...]] selects accelerator\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020029 " supported accelerators are kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg (default: tcg)\n"
Don Slutzd1048be2014-11-21 11:18:52 -050030 " vmport=on|off|auto controls emulation of vmport (default: auto)\n"
Luiz Capitulino8490fc72012-09-05 16:50:16 -030031 " dump-guest-core=on|off include guest memory in a core dump (default=on)\n"
Le Tana52a7fd2014-08-16 13:55:40 +080032 " mem-merge=on|off controls memory merge support (default: on)\n"
Tony Krowiak2eb1cd02015-03-12 13:53:51 +010033 " aes-key-wrap=on|off controls support for AES key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Alexander Graf9850c602015-02-23 13:56:42 +010034 " dea-key-wrap=on|off controls support for DEA key wrapping (default=on)\n"
Xiao Guangrong87252e12015-12-02 15:20:58 +080035 " suppress-vmdesc=on|off disables self-describing migration (default=off)\n"
Greg Kurz902c0532016-02-18 12:32:25 +010036 " nvdimm=on|off controls NVDIMM support (default=off)\n"
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +080037 " memory-encryption=@var{} memory encryption object to use (default=none)\n"
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -050038 " hmat=on|off controls ACPI HMAT support (default=off)\n"
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +010039 " memory-backend='backend-id' specifies explicitly provided backend for main RAM (default=none)\n"
Matthew Rosato59d1ce42022-09-02 13:27:37 -040040 " cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]\n"
41 " zpcii-disable=on|off disables zPCI interpretation facilities (default=off)\n",
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +020042 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000043SRST
44``-machine [type=]name[,prop=value[,...]]``
45 Select the emulated machine by name. Use ``-machine help`` to list
46 available machines.
47
48 For architectures which aim to support live migration compatibility
49 across releases, each release will introduce a new versioned machine
50 type. For example, the 2.8.0 release introduced machine types
51 "pc-i440fx-2.8" and "pc-q35-2.8" for the x86\_64/i686 architectures.
52
53 To allow live migration of guests from QEMU version 2.8.0, to QEMU
54 version 2.9.0, the 2.9.0 version must support the "pc-i440fx-2.8"
55 and "pc-q35-2.8" machines too. To allow users live migrating VMs to
56 skip multiple intermediate releases when upgrading, new releases of
57 QEMU will support machine types from many previous versions.
58
59 Supported machine properties are:
60
61 ``accel=accels1[:accels2[:...]]``
62 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +020063 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000064 By default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
65 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
66 initialize.
67
68 ``vmport=on|off|auto``
69 Enables emulation of VMWare IO port, for vmmouse etc. auto says
70 to select the value based on accel. For accel=xen the default is
71 off otherwise the default is on.
72
73 ``dump-guest-core=on|off``
74 Include guest memory in a core dump. The default is on.
75
76 ``mem-merge=on|off``
77 Enables or disables memory merge support. This feature, when
78 supported by the host, de-duplicates identical memory pages
79 among VMs instances (enabled by default).
80
81 ``aes-key-wrap=on|off``
82 Enables or disables AES key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
83 This feature controls whether AES wrapping keys will be created
84 to allow execution of AES cryptographic functions. The default
85 is on.
86
87 ``dea-key-wrap=on|off``
88 Enables or disables DEA key wrapping support on s390-ccw hosts.
89 This feature controls whether DEA wrapping keys will be created
90 to allow execution of DEA cryptographic functions. The default
91 is on.
92
93 ``nvdimm=on|off``
94 Enables or disables NVDIMM support. The default is off.
95
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +000096 ``memory-encryption=``
97 Memory encryption object to use. The default is none.
98
99 ``hmat=on|off``
100 Enables or disables ACPI Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table
101 (HMAT) support. The default is off.
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500102
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100103 ``memory-backend='id'``
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500104 An alternative to legacy ``-mem-path`` and ``mem-prealloc`` options.
105 Allows to use a memory backend as main RAM.
106
107 For example:
108 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100109
110 -object memory-backend-file,id=pc.ram,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,prealloc=on,share=on
111 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
112 -m 512M
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500113
114 Migration compatibility note:
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100115
116 * as backend id one shall use value of 'default-ram-id', advertised by
117 machine type (available via ``query-machines`` QMP command), if migration
118 to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
119 * for machine types 4.0 and older, user shall
120 use ``x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off`` backend option
121 if migration to/from old QEMU (<5.0) is expected.
122
Igor Mammedov8db0b202021-01-21 11:15:04 -0500123 For example:
124 ::
Peter Maydell95355822021-07-19 11:52:57 +0100125
126 -object memory-backend-ram,id=pc.ram,size=512M,x-use-canonical-path-for-ramblock-id=off
127 -machine memory-backend=pc.ram
128 -m 512M
Jonathan Cameron03b39fc2022-06-08 15:54:33 +0100129
130 ``cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=firsttarget,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=secondtarget,cxl-fmw.0.size=size[,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=granularity]``
131 Define a CXL Fixed Memory Window (CFMW).
132
133 Described in the CXL 2.0 ECN: CEDT CFMWS & QTG _DSM.
134
135 They are regions of Host Physical Addresses (HPA) on a system which
136 may be interleaved across one or more CXL host bridges. The system
137 software will assign particular devices into these windows and
138 configure the downstream Host-managed Device Memory (HDM) decoders
139 in root ports, switch ports and devices appropriately to meet the
140 interleave requirements before enabling the memory devices.
141
142 ``targets.X=target`` provides the mapping to CXL host bridges
143 which may be identified by the id provied in the -device entry.
144 Multiple entries are needed to specify all the targets when
145 the fixed memory window represents interleaved memory. X is the
146 target index from 0.
147
148 ``size=size`` sets the size of the CFMW. This must be a multiple of
149 256MiB. The region will be aligned to 256MiB but the location is
150 platform and configuration dependent.
151
152 ``interleave-granularity=granularity`` sets the granularity of
153 interleave. Default 256KiB. Only 256KiB, 512KiB, 1024KiB, 2048KiB
154 4096KiB, 8192KiB and 16384KiB granularities supported.
155
156 Example:
157
158 ::
159
160 -machine cxl-fmw.0.targets.0=cxl.0,cxl-fmw.0.targets.1=cxl.1,cxl-fmw.0.size=128G,cxl-fmw.0.interleave-granularity=512k
Matthew Rosato59d1ce42022-09-02 13:27:37 -0400161
162 ``zpcii-disable=on|off``
163 Disables zPCI interpretation facilties on s390-ccw hosts.
164 This feature can be used to disable hardware virtual assists
165 related to zPCI devices. The default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000166ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000167
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200168DEF("M", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_M,
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400169 " sgx-epc.0.memdev=memid,sgx-epc.0.node=numaid\n",
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200170 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
171
172SRST
Yang Zhong11058122021-11-01 12:20:05 -0400173``sgx-epc.0.memdev=@var{memid},sgx-epc.0.node=@var{numaid}``
Sean Christophersondfce81f2021-09-28 10:40:58 +0200174 Define an SGX EPC section.
175ERST
Jan Kiszka80f52a62011-07-23 12:39:46 +0200176
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000177DEF("cpu", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cpu,
Peter Maydell585f6032012-10-04 16:22:01 +0100178 "-cpu cpu select CPU ('-cpu help' for list)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000179SRST
180``-cpu model``
181 Select CPU model (``-cpu help`` for list and additional feature
182 selection)
183ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000184
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000185DEF("accel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_accel,
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100186 "-accel [accel=]accelerator[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200187 " select accelerator (kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg; use 'help' for a list)\n"
Paolo Bonzini46472d82019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100188 " igd-passthru=on|off (enable Xen integrated Intel graphics passthrough, default=off)\n"
Paolo Bonzini11bc4a12019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100189 " kernel-irqchip=on|off|split controls accelerated irqchip support (default=on)\n"
Paolo Bonzini23b08982019-11-13 10:56:53 +0100190 " kvm-shadow-mem=size of KVM shadow MMU in bytes\n"
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700191 " split-wx=on|off (enable TCG split w^x mapping)\n"
Paolo Bonzinife174132019-11-13 15:16:44 +0100192 " tb-size=n (TCG translation block cache size)\n"
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400193 " dirty-ring-size=n (KVM dirty ring GFN count, default 0)\n"
Eduardo Habkost0b3c5c82018-06-11 16:56:07 -0300194 " thread=single|multi (enable multi-threaded TCG)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000195SRST
196``-accel name[,prop=value[,...]]``
197 This is used to enable an accelerator. Depending on the target
Reinoud Zandijk74a414a2021-04-02 22:25:32 +0200198 architecture, kvm, xen, hax, hvf, nvmm, whpx or tcg can be available. By
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000199 default, tcg is used. If there is more than one accelerator
200 specified, the next one is used if the previous one fails to
201 initialize.
202
203 ``igd-passthru=on|off``
204 When Xen is in use, this option controls whether Intel
205 integrated graphics devices can be passed through to the guest
206 (default=off)
207
208 ``kernel-irqchip=on|off|split``
209 Controls KVM in-kernel irqchip support. The default is full
210 acceleration of the interrupt controllers. On x86, split irqchip
211 reduces the kernel attack surface, at a performance cost for
212 non-MSI interrupts. Disabling the in-kernel irqchip completely
213 is not recommended except for debugging purposes.
214
215 ``kvm-shadow-mem=size``
216 Defines the size of the KVM shadow MMU.
217
Richard Hendersona35b3e12020-10-28 20:50:29 -0700218 ``split-wx=on|off``
219 Controls the use of split w^x mapping for the TCG code generation
220 buffer. Some operating systems require this to be enabled, and in
221 such a case this will default on. On other operating systems, this
222 will default off, but one may enable this for testing or debugging.
223
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000224 ``tb-size=n``
225 Controls the size (in MiB) of the TCG translation block cache.
226
227 ``thread=single|multi``
228 Controls number of TCG threads. When the TCG is multi-threaded
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +0300229 there will be one thread per vCPU therefore taking advantage of
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000230 additional host cores. The default is to enable multi-threading
231 where both the back-end and front-ends support it and no
232 incompatible TCG features have been enabled (e.g.
233 icount/replay).
Peter Xu2ea5cb02021-05-06 12:05:47 -0400234
235 ``dirty-ring-size=n``
236 When the KVM accelerator is used, it controls the size of the per-vCPU
237 dirty page ring buffer (number of entries for each vCPU). It should
238 be a value that is power of two, and it should be 1024 or bigger (but
239 still less than the maximum value that the kernel supports). 4096
240 could be a good initial value if you have no idea which is the best.
241 Set this value to 0 to disable the feature. By default, this feature
242 is disabled (dirty-ring-size=0). When enabled, KVM will instead
243 record dirty pages in a bitmap.
244
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000245ERST
KONRAD Frederic8d4e9142017-02-23 18:29:08 +0000246
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000247DEF("smp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smp,
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800248 "-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800249 " set the number of initial CPUs to 'n' [default=1]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéce8ee7c2021-06-22 15:30:43 +0100250 " maxcpus= maximum number of total CPUs, including\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -0700251 " offline CPUs for hotplug, etc\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800252 " sockets= number of sockets on the machine board\n"
253 " dies= number of dies in one socket\n"
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800254 " clusters= number of clusters in one die\n"
255 " cores= number of cores in one cluster\n"
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800256 " threads= number of threads in one core\n"
257 "Note: Different machines may have different subsets of the CPU topology\n"
258 " parameters supported, so the actual meaning of the supported parameters\n"
259 " will vary accordingly. For example, for a machine type that supports a\n"
260 " three-level CPU hierarchy of sockets/cores/threads, the parameters will\n"
261 " sequentially mean as below:\n"
262 " sockets means the number of sockets on the machine board\n"
263 " cores means the number of cores in one socket\n"
264 " threads means the number of threads in one core\n"
265 " For a particular machine type board, an expected CPU topology hierarchy\n"
266 " can be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters\n"
267 " can also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values\n"
268 " must be set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.\n",
269 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000270SRST
Yanan Wang864c3b52021-12-28 17:22:09 +0800271``-smp [[cpus=]n][,maxcpus=maxcpus][,sockets=sockets][,dies=dies][,clusters=clusters][,cores=cores][,threads=threads]``
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100272 Simulate a SMP system with '\ ``n``\ ' CPUs initially present on
273 the machine type board. On boards supporting CPU hotplug, the optional
274 '\ ``maxcpus``\ ' parameter can be set to enable further CPUs to be
Yanan Wang7d8c5a32021-09-29 10:58:05 +0800275 added at runtime. When both parameters are omitted, the maximum number
276 of CPUs will be calculated from the provided topology members and the
277 initial CPU count will match the maximum number. When only one of them
278 is given then the omitted one will be set to its counterpart's value.
279 Both parameters may be specified, but the maximum number of CPUs must
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800280 be equal to or greater than the initial CPU count. Product of the
281 CPU topology hierarchy must be equal to the maximum number of CPUs.
282 Both parameters are subject to an upper limit that is determined by
283 the specific machine type chosen.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100284
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800285 To control reporting of CPU topology information, values of the topology
286 parameters can be specified. Machines may only support a subset of the
287 parameters and different machines may have different subsets supported
288 which vary depending on capacity of the corresponding CPU targets. So
289 for a particular machine type board, an expected topology hierarchy can
290 be defined through the supported sub-option. Unsupported parameters can
291 also be provided in addition to the sub-option, but their values must be
292 set as 1 in the purpose of correct parsing.
Daniel P. Berrangé80d78352021-06-22 16:17:09 +0100293
294 Either the initial CPU count, or at least one of the topology parameters
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800295 must be specified. The specified parameters must be greater than zero,
296 explicit configuration like "cpus=0" is not allowed. Values for any
297 omitted parameters will be computed from those which are given.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800298
299 For example, the following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy
300 (2 sockets totally on the machine, 2 cores per socket, 2 threads per
301 core) for a machine that only supports sockets/cores/threads.
302 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
303 automatically computed:
304
305 ::
306
307 -smp 8,sockets=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=8
308
309 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
310 totally on the machine, 2 dies per socket, 2 cores per die, 2 threads
311 per core) for PC machines which support sockets/dies/cores/threads.
312 Some members of the option can be omitted but their values will be
313 automatically computed:
314
315 ::
316
317 -smp 16,sockets=2,dies=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
318
Yanan Wangd55c3162022-01-07 16:32:27 +0800319 The following sub-option defines a CPU topology hierarchy (2 sockets
320 totally on the machine, 2 clusters per socket, 2 cores per cluster,
321 2 threads per core) for ARM virt machines which support sockets/clusters
322 /cores/threads. Some members of the option can be omitted but their values
323 will be automatically computed:
324
325 ::
326
327 -smp 16,sockets=2,clusters=2,cores=2,threads=2,maxcpus=16
328
Yanan Wangc2511b12021-09-29 10:58:02 +0800329 Historically preference was given to the coarsest topology parameters
330 when computing missing values (ie sockets preferred over cores, which
331 were preferred over threads), however, this behaviour is considered
Yanan Wang4a0af292021-09-29 10:58:09 +0800332 liable to change. Prior to 6.2 the preference was sockets over cores
333 over threads. Since 6.2 the preference is cores over sockets over threads.
Yanan Wang0d871782021-12-28 17:22:08 +0800334
335 For example, the following option defines a machine board with 2 sockets
336 of 1 core before 6.2 and 1 socket of 2 cores after 6.2:
337
338 ::
339
340 -smp 2
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000341ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +0000342
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000343DEF("numa", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_numa,
Tao Xu244b3f42019-12-13 09:19:22 +0800344 "-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
345 "-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=node]\n"
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100346 "-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance\n"
Liu Jingqi9b12dfa2019-12-13 09:19:23 +0800347 "-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]\n"
Liu Jingqic412a482019-12-13 09:19:24 +0800348 "-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=memory|first-level|second-level|third-level,data-type=access-latency|read-latency|write-latency[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]\n"
349 "-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=none|direct|complex][,policy=none|write-back|write-through][,line=size]\n",
Igor Mammedov2d19c652017-11-28 15:53:58 +0100350 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000351SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000352``-numa node[,mem=size][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
353 \
354``-numa node[,memdev=id][,cpus=firstcpu[-lastcpu]][,nodeid=node][,initiator=initiator]``
355 \
356``-numa dist,src=source,dst=destination,val=distance``
357 \
358``-numa cpu,node-id=node[,socket-id=x][,core-id=y][,thread-id=z]``
359 \
360``-numa hmat-lb,initiator=node,target=node,hierarchy=hierarchy,data-type=tpye[,latency=lat][,bandwidth=bw]``
361 \
362``-numa hmat-cache,node-id=node,size=size,level=level[,associativity=str][,policy=str][,line=size]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000363 Define a NUMA node and assign RAM and VCPUs to it. Set the NUMA
364 distance from a source node to a destination node. Set the ACPI
365 Heterogeneous Memory Attributes for the given nodes.
366
367 Legacy VCPU assignment uses '\ ``cpus``\ ' option where firstcpu and
368 lastcpu are CPU indexes. Each '\ ``cpus``\ ' option represent a
369 contiguous range of CPU indexes (or a single VCPU if lastcpu is
370 omitted). A non-contiguous set of VCPUs can be represented by
371 providing multiple '\ ``cpus``\ ' options. If '\ ``cpus``\ ' is
372 omitted on all nodes, VCPUs are automatically split between them.
373
374 For example, the following option assigns VCPUs 0, 1, 2 and 5 to a
375 NUMA node:
376
377 ::
378
379 -numa node,cpus=0-2,cpus=5
380
381 '\ ``cpu``\ ' option is a new alternative to '\ ``cpus``\ ' option
382 which uses '\ ``socket-id|core-id|thread-id``\ ' properties to
383 assign CPU objects to a node using topology layout properties of
384 CPU. The set of properties is machine specific, and depends on used
385 machine type/'\ ``smp``\ ' options. It could be queried with
386 '\ ``hotpluggable-cpus``\ ' monitor command. '\ ``node-id``\ '
387 property specifies node to which CPU object will be assigned, it's
388 required for node to be declared with '\ ``node``\ ' option before
389 it's used with '\ ``cpu``\ ' option.
390
391 For example:
392
393 ::
394
395 -M pc \
396 -smp 1,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
397 -numa node,nodeid=0 -numa node,nodeid=1 \
398 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 -numa cpu,node-id=1,socket-id=1
399
Igor Mammedov32a354d2020-06-09 09:56:35 -0400400 Legacy '\ ``mem``\ ' assigns a given RAM amount to a node (not supported
401 for 5.1 and newer machine types). '\ ``memdev``\ ' assigns RAM from
402 a given memory backend device to a node. If '\ ``mem``\ ' and
403 '\ ``memdev``\ ' are omitted in all nodes, RAM is split equally between them.
404
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000405
406 '\ ``mem``\ ' and '\ ``memdev``\ ' are mutually exclusive.
407 Furthermore, if one node uses '\ ``memdev``\ ', all of them have to
408 use it.
409
410 '\ ``initiator``\ ' is an additional option that points to an
411 initiator NUMA node that has best performance (the lowest latency or
412 largest bandwidth) to this NUMA node. Note that this option can be
413 set only when the machine property 'hmat' is set to 'on'.
414
415 Following example creates a machine with 2 NUMA nodes, node 0 has
416 CPU. node 1 has only memory, and its initiator is node 0. Note that
417 because node 0 has CPU, by default the initiator of node 0 is itself
418 and must be itself.
419
420 ::
421
422 -machine hmat=on \
423 -m 2G,slots=2,maxmem=4G \
424 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
425 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
426 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
427 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
428 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
429 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
430 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1
431
432 source and destination are NUMA node IDs. distance is the NUMA
433 distance from source to destination. The distance from a node to
434 itself is always 10. If any pair of nodes is given a distance, then
435 all pairs must be given distances. Although, when distances are only
436 given in one direction for each pair of nodes, then the distances in
437 the opposite directions are assumed to be the same. If, however, an
438 asymmetrical pair of distances is given for even one node pair, then
439 all node pairs must be provided distance values for both directions,
440 even when they are symmetrical. When a node is unreachable from
441 another node, set the pair's distance to 255.
442
443 Note that the -``numa`` option doesn't allocate any of the specified
444 resources, it just assigns existing resources to NUMA nodes. This
445 means that one still has to use the ``-m``, ``-smp`` options to
446 allocate RAM and VCPUs respectively.
447
448 Use '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' to set System Locality Latency and Bandwidth
449 Information between initiator and target NUMA nodes in ACPI
450 Heterogeneous Attribute Memory Table (HMAT). Initiator NUMA node can
451 create memory requests, usually it has one or more processors.
452 Target NUMA node contains addressable memory.
453
454 In '\ ``hmat-lb``\ ' option, node are NUMA node IDs. hierarchy is
455 the memory hierarchy of the target NUMA node: if hierarchy is
456 'memory', the structure represents the memory performance; if
457 hierarchy is 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', this
458 structure represents aggregated performance of memory side caches
459 for each domain. type of 'data-type' is type of data represented by
460 this structure instance: if 'hierarchy' is 'memory', 'data-type' is
461 'access\|read\|write' latency or 'access\|read\|write' bandwidth of
462 the target memory; if 'hierarchy' is
463 'first-level\|second-level\|third-level', 'data-type' is
464 'access\|read\|write' hit latency or 'access\|read\|write' hit
465 bandwidth of the target memory side cache.
466
467 lat is latency value in nanoseconds. bw is bandwidth value, the
468 possible value and units are NUM[M\|G\|T], mean that the bandwidth
469 value are NUM byte per second (or MB/s, GB/s or TB/s depending on
470 used suffix). Note that if latency or bandwidth value is 0, means
471 the corresponding latency or bandwidth information is not provided.
472
473 In '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option, node-id is the NUMA-id of the memory
474 belongs. size is the size of memory side cache in bytes. level is
475 the cache level described in this structure, note that the cache
476 level 0 should not be used with '\ ``hmat-cache``\ ' option.
477 associativity is the cache associativity, the possible value is
478 'none/direct(direct-mapped)/complex(complex cache indexing)'. policy
479 is the write policy. line is the cache Line size in bytes.
480
481 For example, the following options describe 2 NUMA nodes. Node 0 has
482 2 cpus and a ram, node 1 has only a ram. The processors in node 0
483 access memory in node 0 with access-latency 5 nanoseconds,
484 access-bandwidth is 200 MB/s; The processors in NUMA node 0 access
485 memory in NUMA node 1 with access-latency 10 nanoseconds,
486 access-bandwidth is 100 MB/s. And for memory side cache information,
487 NUMA node 0 and 1 both have 1 level memory cache, size is 10KB,
488 policy is write-back, the cache Line size is 8 bytes:
489
490 ::
491
492 -machine hmat=on \
493 -m 2G \
494 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m0 \
495 -object memory-backend-ram,size=1G,id=m1 \
Yanan Wang848dd262021-09-28 20:11:34 +0800496 -smp 2,sockets=2,maxcpus=2 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000497 -numa node,nodeid=0,memdev=m0 \
498 -numa node,nodeid=1,memdev=m1,initiator=0 \
499 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=0 \
500 -numa cpu,node-id=0,socket-id=1 \
501 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=5 \
502 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=0,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=200M \
503 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-latency,latency=10 \
504 -numa hmat-lb,initiator=0,target=1,hierarchy=memory,data-type=access-bandwidth,bandwidth=100M \
505 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=0,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8 \
506 -numa hmat-cache,node-id=1,size=10K,level=1,associativity=direct,policy=write-back,line=8
507ERST
aliguori268a3622009-04-21 22:30:27 +0000508
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100509DEF("add-fd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_add_fd,
510 "-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]\n"
511 " Add 'fd' to fd 'set'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000512SRST
513``-add-fd fd=fd,set=set[,opaque=opaque]``
514 Add a file descriptor to an fd set. Valid options are:
515
516 ``fd=fd``
517 This option defines the file descriptor of which a duplicate is
518 added to fd set. The file descriptor cannot be stdin, stdout, or
519 stderr.
520
521 ``set=set``
522 This option defines the ID of the fd set to add the file
523 descriptor to.
524
525 ``opaque=opaque``
526 This option defines a free-form string that can be used to
527 describe fd.
528
529 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
530 set:
531
532 .. parsed-literal::
533
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +0200534 |qemu_system| \\
535 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
536 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000537 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
538ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100539
540DEF("set", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_set,
541 "-set group.id.arg=value\n"
542 " set <arg> parameter for item <id> of type <group>\n"
543 " i.e. -set drive.$id.file=/path/to/image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000544SRST
545``-set group.id.arg=value``
546 Set parameter arg for item id of type group
547ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100548
549DEF("global", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_global,
Paolo Bonzini3751d7c2015-04-09 14:16:19 +0200550 "-global driver.property=value\n"
551 "-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100552 " set a global default for a driver property\n",
553 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000554SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000555``-global driver.prop=value``
556 \
557``-global driver=driver,property=property,value=value``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000558 Set default value of driver's property prop to value, e.g.:
559
560 .. parsed-literal::
561
562 |qemu_system_x86| -global ide-hd.physical_block_size=4096 disk-image.img
563
564 In particular, you can use this to set driver properties for devices
565 which are created automatically by the machine model. To create a
566 device which is not created automatically and set properties on it,
567 use -``device``.
568
569 -global driver.prop=value is shorthand for -global
570 driver=driver,property=prop,value=value. The longhand syntax works
571 even when driver contains a dot.
572ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100573
574DEF("boot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_boot,
575 "-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off]\n"
Amos Kongc8a6ae82013-03-19 14:23:27 +0800576 " [,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_time][,strict=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100577 " 'drives': floppy (a), hard disk (c), CD-ROM (d), network (n)\n"
578 " 'sp_name': the file's name that would be passed to bios as logo picture, if menu=on\n"
579 " 'sp_time': the period that splash picture last if menu=on, unit is ms\n"
580 " 'rb_timeout': the timeout before guest reboot when boot failed, unit is ms\n",
581 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000582SRST
583``-boot [order=drives][,once=drives][,menu=on|off][,splash=sp_name][,splash-time=sp_time][,reboot-timeout=rb_timeout][,strict=on|off]``
584 Specify boot order drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
585 letters depend on the target architecture. The x86 PC uses: a, b
586 (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM), n-p
587 (Etherboot from network adapter 1-4), hard disk boot is the default.
588 To apply a particular boot order only on the first startup, specify
589 it via ``once``. Note that the ``order`` or ``once`` parameter
590 should not be used together with the ``bootindex`` property of
591 devices, since the firmware implementations normally do not support
592 both at the same time.
593
594 Interactive boot menus/prompts can be enabled via ``menu=on`` as far
595 as firmware/BIOS supports them. The default is non-interactive boot.
596
597 A splash picture could be passed to bios, enabling user to show it
598 as logo, when option splash=sp\_name is given and menu=on, If
599 firmware/BIOS supports them. Currently Seabios for X86 system
600 support it. limitation: The splash file could be a jpeg file or a
601 BMP file in 24 BPP format(true color). The resolution should be
602 supported by the SVGA mode, so the recommended is 320x240, 640x480,
603 800x640.
604
605 A timeout could be passed to bios, guest will pause for rb\_timeout
606 ms when boot failed, then reboot. If rb\_timeout is '-1', guest will
607 not reboot, qemu passes '-1' to bios by default. Currently Seabios
608 for X86 system support it.
609
610 Do strict boot via ``strict=on`` as far as firmware/BIOS supports
611 it. This only effects when boot priority is changed by bootindex
612 options. The default is non-strict boot.
613
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +0000614 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000615
616 # try to boot from network first, then from hard disk
617 |qemu_system_x86| -boot order=nc
618 # boot from CD-ROM first, switch back to default order after reboot
619 |qemu_system_x86| -boot once=d
620 # boot with a splash picture for 5 seconds.
621 |qemu_system_x86| -boot menu=on,splash=/root/boot.bmp,splash-time=5000
622
623 Note: The legacy format '-boot drives' is still supported but its
624 use is discouraged as it may be removed from future versions.
625ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100626
627DEF("m", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_m,
Michael Tokarev89f3ea22016-11-10 17:51:32 +0300628 "-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]\n"
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100629 " configure guest RAM\n"
Alexander Graf0daba1f2015-06-05 11:05:03 +0200630 " size: initial amount of guest memory\n"
Igor Mammedovc270fb92014-06-02 15:25:02 +0200631 " slots: number of hotplug slots (default: none)\n"
Matthew Rosatob6fe0122014-08-28 11:25:33 -0400632 " maxmem: maximum amount of guest memory (default: none)\n"
633 "NOTE: Some architectures might enforce a specific granularity\n",
Igor Mammedov6e1d3c12013-11-27 01:27:35 +0100634 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000635SRST
636``-m [size=]megs[,slots=n,maxmem=size]``
637 Sets guest startup RAM size to megs megabytes. Default is 128 MiB.
638 Optionally, a suffix of "M" or "G" can be used to signify a value in
639 megabytes or gigabytes respectively. Optional pair slots, maxmem
640 could be used to set amount of hotpluggable memory slots and maximum
641 amount of memory. Note that maxmem must be aligned to the page size.
642
643 For example, the following command-line sets the guest startup RAM
644 size to 1GB, creates 3 slots to hotplug additional memory and sets
645 the maximum memory the guest can reach to 4GB:
646
647 .. parsed-literal::
648
649 |qemu_system| -m 1G,slots=3,maxmem=4G
650
651 If slots and maxmem are not specified, memory hotplug won't be
652 enabled and the guest startup RAM will never increase.
653ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100654
655DEF("mem-path", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mempath,
656 "-mem-path FILE provide backing storage for guest RAM\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000657SRST
658``-mem-path path``
659 Allocate guest RAM from a temporarily created file in path.
660ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100661
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100662DEF("mem-prealloc", 0, QEMU_OPTION_mem_prealloc,
663 "-mem-prealloc preallocate guest memory (use with -mem-path)\n",
664 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000665SRST
666``-mem-prealloc``
667 Preallocate memory when using -mem-path.
668ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100669
670DEF("k", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_k,
671 "-k language use keyboard layout (for example 'fr' for French)\n",
672 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000673SRST
674``-k language``
675 Use keyboard layout language (for example ``fr`` for French). This
676 option is only needed where it is not easy to get raw PC keycodes
677 (e.g. on Macs, with some X11 servers or with a VNC or curses
678 display). You don't normally need to use it on PC/Linux or
679 PC/Windows hosts.
680
681 The available layouts are:
682
683 ::
684
685 ar de-ch es fo fr-ca hu ja mk no pt-br sv
686 da en-gb et fr fr-ch is lt nl pl ru th
687 de en-us fi fr-be hr it lv nl-be pt sl tr
688
689 The default is ``en-us``.
690ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100691
692
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100693HXCOMM Deprecated by -audiodev
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100694DEF("audio-help", 0, QEMU_OPTION_audio_help,
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100695 "-audio-help show -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified audio settings\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100696 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000697SRST
698``-audio-help``
699 Will show the -audiodev equivalent of the currently specified
700 (deprecated) environment variables.
701ERST
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100702
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200703DEF("audio", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audio,
704 "-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
705 " specifies the audio backend and device to use;\n"
706 " apart from 'model', options are the same as for -audiodev.\n"
707 " use '-audio model=help' to show possible devices.\n",
708 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
709SRST
710``-audio [driver=]driver,model=value[,prop[=value][,...]]``
711 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the guest audio
712 hardware and the host audio backend in one go.
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200713 The driver option is the same as with the corresponding ``-audiodev`` option below.
714 The guest hardware model can be set with ``model=modelname``.
715
716 Use ``driver=help`` to list the available drivers,
717 and ``model=help`` to list the available device types.
Paolo Bonzini039a6832022-04-27 12:27:46 +0200718
719 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-audio``
720 can be used to shorten the command line length:
721
722 .. parsed-literal::
723
724 |qemu_system| -audiodev pa,id=pa -device sb16,audiodev=pa
725 |qemu_system| -audio pa,model=sb16
726ERST
727
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100728DEF("audiodev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_audiodev,
729 "-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
730 " specifies the audio backend to use\n"
Claudio Fontana5e03b6d2022-09-08 10:14:41 +0200731 " Use ``-audiodev help`` to list the available drivers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100732 " id= identifier of the backend\n"
733 " timer-period= timer period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltán8efac072019-10-13 21:57:58 +0200734 " in|out.mixing-engine= use mixing engine to mix streams inside QEMU\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100735 " in|out.fixed-settings= use fixed settings for host audio\n"
736 " in|out.frequency= frequency to use with fixed settings\n"
737 " in|out.channels= number of channels to use with fixed settings\n"
738 " in|out.format= sample format to use with fixed settings\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100739 " valid values: s8, s16, s32, u8, u16, u32, f32\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100740 " in|out.voices= number of voices to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi86247252019-09-18 10:53:33 +0100741 " in|out.buffer-length= length of buffer in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100742 "-audiodev none,id=id,[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
743 " dummy driver that discards all output\n"
744#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_ALSA
745 "-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
746 " in|out.dev= name of the audio device to use\n"
Stefan Hajnoczidfc54342019-09-18 10:53:35 +0100747 " in|out.period-length= length of period in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100748 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
749 " threshold= threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts\n"
750#endif
751#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_COREAUDIO
752 "-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
753 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
754#endif
755#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_DSOUND
756 "-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
757 " latency= add extra latency to playback in microseconds\n"
758#endif
759#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_OSS
760 "-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
761 " in|out.dev= path of the audio device to use\n"
762 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
763 " in|out.try-poll= attempt to use poll mode\n"
764 " try-mmap= try using memory mapped access\n"
765 " exclusive= open device in exclusive mode\n"
766 " dsp-policy= set timing policy (0..10), -1 to use fragment mode\n"
767#endif
768#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_PA
769 "-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
770 " server= PulseAudio server address\n"
771 " in|out.name= source/sink device name\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi14d4f012019-10-04 13:56:41 +0100772 " in|out.latency= desired latency in microseconds\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100773#endif
774#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SDL
775 "-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100776 " in|out.buffer-count= number of buffers\n"
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100777#endif
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200778#ifdef CONFIG_AUDIO_SNDIO
779 "-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
780#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100781#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
782 "-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
783#endif
Marc-André Lureau739362d2021-03-09 17:15:28 +0400784#ifdef CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY
785 "-audiodev dbus,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
786#endif
Kővágó, Zoltánf0b3d812019-03-08 23:34:14 +0100787 "-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
788 " path= path of wav file to record\n",
789 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000790SRST
791``-audiodev [driver=]driver,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
792 Adds a new audio backend driver identified by id. There are global
793 and driver specific properties. Some values can be set differently
794 for input and output, they're marked with ``in|out.``. You can set
795 the input's property with ``in.prop`` and the output's property with
796 ``out.prop``. For example:
797
798 ::
799
800 -audiodev alsa,id=example,in.frequency=44110,out.frequency=8000
801 -audiodev alsa,id=example,out.channels=1 # leaves in.channels unspecified
802
803 NOTE: parameter validation is known to be incomplete, in many cases
804 specifying an invalid option causes QEMU to print an error message
805 and continue emulation without sound.
806
807 Valid global options are:
808
809 ``id=identifier``
810 Identifies the audio backend.
811
812 ``timer-period=period``
813 Sets the timer period used by the audio subsystem in
814 microseconds. Default is 10000 (10 ms).
815
816 ``in|out.mixing-engine=on|off``
817 Use QEMU's mixing engine to mix all streams inside QEMU and
818 convert audio formats when not supported by the backend. When
819 off, fixed-settings must be off too. Note that disabling this
820 option means that the selected backend must support multiple
821 streams and the audio formats used by the virtual cards,
822 otherwise you'll get no sound. It's not recommended to disable
823 this option unless you want to use 5.1 or 7.1 audio, as mixing
824 engine only supports mono and stereo audio. Default is on.
825
826 ``in|out.fixed-settings=on|off``
827 Use fixed settings for host audio. When off, it will change
828 based on how the guest opens the sound card. In this case you
829 must not specify frequency, channels or format. Default is on.
830
831 ``in|out.frequency=frequency``
832 Specify the frequency to use when using fixed-settings. Default
833 is 44100Hz.
834
835 ``in|out.channels=channels``
836 Specify the number of channels to use when using fixed-settings.
837 Default is 2 (stereo).
838
839 ``in|out.format=format``
840 Specify the sample format to use when using fixed-settings.
841 Valid values are: ``s8``, ``s16``, ``s32``, ``u8``, ``u16``,
Volker RĂĽmelin49f77e62020-03-08 20:33:21 +0100842 ``u32``, ``f32``. Default is ``s16``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000843
844 ``in|out.voices=voices``
845 Specify the number of voices to use. Default is 1.
846
847 ``in|out.buffer-length=usecs``
848 Sets the size of the buffer in microseconds.
849
850``-audiodev none,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
851 Creates a dummy backend that discards all outputs. This backend has
852 no backend specific properties.
853
854``-audiodev alsa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
855 Creates backend using the ALSA. This backend is only available on
856 Linux.
857
858 ALSA specific options are:
859
860 ``in|out.dev=device``
861 Specify the ALSA device to use for input and/or output. Default
862 is ``default``.
863
864 ``in|out.period-length=usecs``
865 Sets the period length in microseconds.
866
867 ``in|out.try-poll=on|off``
868 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
869
870 ``threshold=threshold``
871 Threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts. Default is 0.
872
873``-audiodev coreaudio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
874 Creates a backend using Apple's Core Audio. This backend is only
875 available on Mac OS and only supports playback.
876
877 Core Audio specific options are:
878
879 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
880 Sets the count of the buffers.
881
882``-audiodev dsound,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
883 Creates a backend using Microsoft's DirectSound. This backend is
884 only available on Windows and only supports playback.
885
886 DirectSound specific options are:
887
888 ``latency=usecs``
889 Add extra usecs microseconds latency to playback. Default is
890 10000 (10 ms).
891
892``-audiodev oss,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
893 Creates a backend using OSS. This backend is available on most
894 Unix-like systems.
895
896 OSS specific options are:
897
898 ``in|out.dev=device``
899 Specify the file name of the OSS device to use. Default is
900 ``/dev/dsp``.
901
902 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
903 Sets the count of the buffers.
904
905 ``in|out.try-poll=on|of``
906 Attempt to use poll mode with the device. Default is on.
907
908 ``try-mmap=on|off``
909 Try using memory mapped device access. Default is off.
910
911 ``exclusive=on|off``
912 Open the device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work in this
913 case). Default is off.
914
915 ``dsp-policy=policy``
916 Sets the timing policy (between 0 and 10, where smaller number
917 means smaller latency but higher CPU usage). Use -1 to use
918 buffer sizes specified by ``buffer`` and ``buffer-count``. This
919 option is ignored if you do not have OSS 4. Default is 5.
920
921``-audiodev pa,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
922 Creates a backend using PulseAudio. This backend is available on
923 most systems.
924
925 PulseAudio specific options are:
926
927 ``server=server``
928 Sets the PulseAudio server to connect to.
929
930 ``in|out.name=sink``
931 Use the specified source/sink for recording/playback.
932
933 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
934 Desired latency in microseconds. The PulseAudio server will try
935 to honor this value but actual latencies may be lower or higher.
936
937``-audiodev sdl,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
938 Creates a backend using SDL. This backend is available on most
939 systems, but you should use your platform's native backend if
Volker RĂĽmelin5a0926c2021-01-10 11:02:19 +0100940 possible.
941
942 SDL specific options are:
943
944 ``in|out.buffer-count=count``
945 Sets the count of the buffers.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000946
Alexandre Ratchov663df1c2022-09-07 15:23:42 +0200947``-audiodev sndio,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
948 Creates a backend using SNDIO. This backend is available on
949 OpenBSD and most other Unix-like systems.
950
951 Sndio specific options are:
952
953 ``in|out.dev=device``
954 Specify the sndio device to use for input and/or output. Default
955 is ``default``.
956
957 ``in|out.latency=usecs``
958 Sets the desired period length in microseconds.
959
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000960``-audiodev spice,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
961 Creates a backend that sends audio through SPICE. This backend
962 requires ``-spice`` and automatically selected in that case, so
963 usually you can ignore this option. This backend has no backend
964 specific properties.
965
966``-audiodev wav,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
967 Creates a backend that writes audio to a WAV file.
968
969 Backend specific options are:
970
971 ``path=path``
972 Write recorded audio into the specified file. Default is
973 ``qemu.wav``.
974ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100975
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +0100976DEF("device", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_device,
977 "-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]\n"
978 " add device (based on driver)\n"
979 " prop=value,... sets driver properties\n"
980 " use '-device help' to print all possible drivers\n"
981 " use '-device driver,help' to print all possible properties\n",
982 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000983SRST
984``-device driver[,prop[=value][,...]]``
985 Add device driver. prop=value sets driver properties. Valid
986 properties depend on the driver. To get help on possible drivers and
987 properties, use ``-device help`` and ``-device driver,help``.
988
989 Some drivers are:
990
Corey Minyard789101b2020-07-17 11:37:02 -0500991``-device ipmi-bmc-sim,id=id[,prop[=value][,...]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +0000992 Add an IPMI BMC. This is a simulation of a hardware management
993 interface processor that normally sits on a system. It provides a
994 watchdog and the ability to reset and power control the system. You
995 need to connect this to an IPMI interface to make it useful
996
997 The IPMI slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20. This
998 address is the BMC's address on the I2C network of management
999 controllers. If you don't know what this means, it is safe to ignore
1000 it.
1001
1002 ``id=id``
1003 The BMC id for interfaces to use this device.
1004
1005 ``slave_addr=val``
1006 Define slave address to use for the BMC. The default is 0x20.
1007
1008 ``sdrfile=file``
1009 file containing raw Sensor Data Records (SDR) data. The default
1010 is none.
1011
1012 ``fruareasize=val``
1013 size of a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) area. The default is
1014 1024.
1015
1016 ``frudatafile=file``
1017 file containing raw Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) inventory data.
1018 The default is none.
1019
1020 ``guid=uuid``
1021 value for the GUID for the BMC, in standard UUID format. If this
1022 is set, get "Get GUID" command to the BMC will return it.
1023 Otherwise "Get GUID" will return an error.
1024
1025``-device ipmi-bmc-extern,id=id,chardev=id[,slave_addr=val]``
1026 Add a connection to an external IPMI BMC simulator. Instead of
1027 locally emulating the BMC like the above item, instead connect to an
1028 external entity that provides the IPMI services.
1029
1030 A connection is made to an external BMC simulator. If you do this,
1031 it is strongly recommended that you use the "reconnect=" chardev
1032 option to reconnect to the simulator if the connection is lost. Note
1033 that if this is not used carefully, it can be a security issue, as
1034 the interface has the ability to send resets, NMIs, and power off
1035 the VM. It's best if QEMU makes a connection to an external
1036 simulator running on a secure port on localhost, so neither the
1037 simulator nor QEMU is exposed to any outside network.
1038
1039 See the "lanserv/README.vm" file in the OpenIPMI library for more
1040 details on the external interface.
1041
1042``-device isa-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1043 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the ISA bus. This also adds a
1044 corresponding ACPI and SMBIOS entries, if appropriate.
1045
1046 ``bmc=id``
1047 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern
1048 above.
1049
1050 ``ioport=val``
1051 Define the I/O address of the interface. The default is 0xca0
1052 for KCS.
1053
1054 ``irq=val``
1055 Define the interrupt to use. The default is 5. To disable
1056 interrupts, set this to 0.
1057
1058``-device isa-ipmi-bt,bmc=id[,ioport=val][,irq=val]``
1059 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface. The default port
1060 is 0xe4 and the default interrupt is 5.
Corey Minyard323679d2019-09-23 13:50:33 -05001061
1062``-device pci-ipmi-kcs,bmc=id``
1063 Add a KCS IPMI interafce on the PCI bus.
1064
1065 ``bmc=id``
1066 The BMC to connect to, one of ipmi-bmc-sim or ipmi-bmc-extern above.
1067
1068``-device pci-ipmi-bt,bmc=id``
1069 Like the KCS interface, but defines a BT interface on the PCI bus.
Peter Xu7395b3e2021-07-07 11:41:14 -04001070
1071``-device intel-iommu[,option=...]``
1072 This is only supported by ``-machine q35``, which will enable Intel VT-d
1073 emulation within the guest. It supports below options:
1074
1075 ``intremap=on|off`` (default: auto)
1076 This enables interrupt remapping feature. It's required to enable
1077 complete x2apic. Currently it only supports kvm kernel-irqchip modes
1078 ``off`` or ``split``, while full kernel-irqchip is not yet supported.
1079 The default value is "auto", which will be decided by the mode of
1080 kernel-irqchip.
1081
1082 ``caching-mode=on|off`` (default: off)
1083 This enables caching mode for the VT-d emulated device. When
1084 caching-mode is enabled, each guest DMA buffer mapping will generate an
1085 IOTLB invalidation from the guest IOMMU driver to the vIOMMU device in
1086 a synchronous way. It is required for ``-device vfio-pci`` to work
1087 with the VT-d device, because host assigned devices requires to setup
1088 the DMA mapping on the host before guest DMA starts.
1089
1090 ``device-iotlb=on|off`` (default: off)
1091 This enables device-iotlb capability for the emulated VT-d device. So
1092 far virtio/vhost should be the only real user for this parameter,
1093 paired with ats=on configured for the device.
1094
1095 ``aw-bits=39|48`` (default: 39)
1096 This decides the address width of IOVA address space. The address
1097 space has 39 bits width for 3-level IOMMU page tables, and 48 bits for
1098 4-level IOMMU page tables.
1099
1100 Please also refer to the wiki page for general scenarios of VT-d
1101 emulation in QEMU: https://wiki.qemu.org/Features/VT-d.
1102
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001103ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001104
1105DEF("name", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_name,
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001106 "-name string1[,process=string2][,debug-threads=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001107 " set the name of the guest\n"
Roman Bolshakov479a5742018-12-17 23:26:01 +03001108 " string1 sets the window title and string2 the process name\n"
1109 " When debug-threads is enabled, individual threads are given a separate name\n"
Dr. David Alan Gilbert8f480de2014-01-30 10:20:31 +00001110 " NOTE: The thread names are for debugging and not a stable API.\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001111 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001112SRST
1113``-name name``
1114 Sets the name of the guest. This name will be displayed in the SDL
1115 window caption. The name will also be used for the VNC server. Also
1116 optionally set the top visible process name in Linux. Naming of
1117 individual threads can also be enabled on Linux to aid debugging.
1118ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001119
1120DEF("uuid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_uuid,
1121 "-uuid %08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\n"
1122 " specify machine UUID\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001123SRST
1124``-uuid uuid``
1125 Set system UUID.
1126ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001127
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001128DEFHEADING()
1129
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001130DEFHEADING(Block device options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001131
Alex Bennée5af2b0f2022-08-22 17:56:08 +01001132SRST
1133The QEMU block device handling options have a long history and
1134have gone through several iterations as the feature set and complexity
1135of the block layer have grown. Many online guides to QEMU often
1136reference older and deprecated options, which can lead to confusion.
1137
1138The recommended modern way to describe disks is to use a combination of
1139``-device`` to specify the hardware device and ``-blockdev`` to
1140describe the backend. The device defines what the guest sees and the
1141backend describes how QEMU handles the data.
1142
1143ERST
1144
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001145DEF("fda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001146 "-fda/-fdb file use 'file' as floppy disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1147DEF("fdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001148SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001149``-fda file``
1150 \
1151``-fdb file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001152 Use file as floppy disk 0/1 image (see the :ref:`disk images` chapter in
1153 the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001154ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001155
1156DEF("hda", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hda,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001157 "-hda/-hdb file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 0/1 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1158DEF("hdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdb, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001159DEF("hdc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdc,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001160 "-hdc/-hdd file use 'file' as IDE hard disk 2/3 image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1161DEF("hdd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_hdd, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001162SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001163``-hda file``
1164 \
1165``-hdb file``
1166 \
1167``-hdc file``
1168 \
1169``-hdd file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001170 Use file as hard disk 0, 1, 2 or 3 image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1171 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001172ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001173
1174DEF("cdrom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_cdrom,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001175 "-cdrom file use 'file' as IDE cdrom image (cdrom is ide1 master)\n",
1176 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001177SRST
1178``-cdrom file``
1179 Use file as CD-ROM image (you cannot use ``-hdc`` and ``-cdrom`` at
1180 the same time). You can use the host CD-ROM by using ``/dev/cdrom``
1181 as filename.
1182ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001183
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001184DEF("blockdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_blockdev,
1185 "-blockdev [driver=]driver[,node-name=N][,discard=ignore|unmap]\n"
1186 " [,cache.direct=on|off][,cache.no-flush=on|off]\n"
Kevin Wolfc9b749d2019-10-15 12:29:58 +02001187 " [,read-only=on|off][,auto-read-only=on|off]\n"
1188 " [,force-share=on|off][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001189 " [,driver specific parameters...]\n"
1190 " configure a block backend\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001191SRST
1192``-blockdev option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1193 Define a new block driver node. Some of the options apply to all
1194 block drivers, other options are only accepted for a specific block
1195 driver. See below for a list of generic options and options for the
1196 most common block drivers.
1197
1198 Options that expect a reference to another node (e.g. ``file``) can
1199 be given in two ways. Either you specify the node name of an already
1200 existing node (file=node-name), or you define a new node inline,
1201 adding options for the referenced node after a dot
1202 (file.filename=path,file.aio=native).
1203
1204 A block driver node created with ``-blockdev`` can be used for a
1205 guest device by specifying its node name for the ``drive`` property
1206 in a ``-device`` argument that defines a block device.
1207
1208 ``Valid options for any block driver node:``
1209 ``driver``
1210 Specifies the block driver to use for the given node.
1211
1212 ``node-name``
1213 This defines the name of the block driver node by which it
1214 will be referenced later. The name must be unique, i.e. it
1215 must not match the name of a different block driver node, or
1216 (if you use ``-drive`` as well) the ID of a drive.
1217
1218 If no node name is specified, it is automatically generated.
1219 The generated node name is not intended to be predictable
1220 and changes between QEMU invocations. For the top level, an
1221 explicit node name must be specified.
1222
1223 ``read-only``
1224 Open the node read-only. Guest write attempts will fail.
1225
1226 Note that some block drivers support only read-only access,
1227 either generally or in certain configurations. In this case,
1228 the default value ``read-only=off`` does not work and the
1229 option must be specified explicitly.
1230
1231 ``auto-read-only``
1232 If ``auto-read-only=on`` is set, QEMU may fall back to
1233 read-only usage even when ``read-only=off`` is requested, or
1234 even switch between modes as needed, e.g. depending on
1235 whether the image file is writable or whether a writing user
1236 is attached to the node.
1237
1238 ``force-share``
1239 Override the image locking system of QEMU by forcing the
1240 node to utilize weaker shared access for permissions where
1241 it would normally request exclusive access. When there is
1242 the potential for multiple instances to have the same file
1243 open (whether this invocation of QEMU is the first or the
1244 second instance), both instances must permit shared access
1245 for the second instance to succeed at opening the file.
1246
1247 Enabling ``force-share=on`` requires ``read-only=on``.
1248
1249 ``cache.direct``
1250 The host page cache can be avoided with ``cache.direct=on``.
1251 This will attempt to do disk IO directly to the guest's
1252 memory. QEMU may still perform an internal copy of the data.
1253
1254 ``cache.no-flush``
1255 In case you don't care about data integrity over host
1256 failures, you can use ``cache.no-flush=on``. This option
1257 tells QEMU that it never needs to write any data to the disk
1258 but can instead keep things in cache. If anything goes
1259 wrong, like your host losing power, the disk storage getting
1260 disconnected accidentally, etc. your image will most
1261 probably be rendered unusable.
1262
1263 ``discard=discard``
1264 discard is one of "ignore" (or "off") or "unmap" (or "on")
1265 and controls whether ``discard`` (also known as ``trim`` or
1266 ``unmap``) requests are ignored or passed to the filesystem.
1267 Some machine types may not support discard requests.
1268
1269 ``detect-zeroes=detect-zeroes``
1270 detect-zeroes is "off", "on" or "unmap" and enables the
1271 automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS to
1272 driver specific optimized zero write commands. You may even
1273 choose "unmap" if discard is set to "unmap" to allow a zero
1274 write to be converted to an ``unmap`` operation.
1275
1276 ``Driver-specific options for file``
1277 This is the protocol-level block driver for accessing regular
1278 files.
1279
1280 ``filename``
1281 The path to the image file in the local filesystem
1282
1283 ``aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001284 Specifies the AIO backend (threads/native/io_uring,
1285 default: threads)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001286
1287 ``locking``
1288 Specifies whether the image file is protected with Linux OFD
1289 / POSIX locks. The default is to use the Linux Open File
1290 Descriptor API if available, otherwise no lock is applied.
1291 (auto/on/off, default: auto)
1292
1293 Example:
1294
1295 ::
1296
1297 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk,filename=disk.img
1298
1299 ``Driver-specific options for raw``
1300 This is the image format block driver for raw images. It is
1301 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1302 ``file``.
1303
1304 ``file``
1305 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1306 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1307
1308 Example 1:
1309
1310 ::
1311
1312 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=disk_file,filename=disk.img
1313 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file=disk_file
1314
1315 Example 2:
1316
1317 ::
1318
1319 -blockdev driver=raw,node-name=disk,file.driver=file,file.filename=disk.img
1320
1321 ``Driver-specific options for qcow2``
1322 This is the image format block driver for qcow2 images. It is
1323 usually stacked on top of a protocol level block driver such as
1324 ``file``.
1325
1326 ``file``
1327 Reference to or definition of the data source block driver
1328 node (e.g. a ``file`` driver node)
1329
1330 ``backing``
1331 Reference to or definition of the backing file block device
1332 (default is taken from the image file). It is allowed to
1333 pass ``null`` here in order to disable the default backing
1334 file.
1335
1336 ``lazy-refcounts``
1337 Whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (on/off;
1338 default is taken from the image file)
1339
1340 ``cache-size``
1341 The maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block
1342 caches in bytes (default: the sum of l2-cache-size and
1343 refcount-cache-size)
1344
1345 ``l2-cache-size``
1346 The maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (default: if
1347 cache-size is not specified - 32M on Linux platforms, and 8M
1348 on non-Linux platforms; otherwise, as large as possible
1349 within the cache-size, while permitting the requested or the
1350 minimal refcount cache size)
1351
1352 ``refcount-cache-size``
1353 The maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes
1354 (default: 4 times the cluster size; or if cache-size is
1355 specified, the part of it which is not used for the L2
1356 cache)
1357
1358 ``cache-clean-interval``
1359 Clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The
1360 interval is in seconds. The default value is 600 on
1361 supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. Setting it
1362 to 0 disables this feature.
1363
1364 ``pass-discard-request``
1365 Whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be
1366 forwarded to the data source (on/off; default: on if
1367 discard=unmap is specified, off otherwise)
1368
1369 ``pass-discard-snapshot``
1370 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1371 issued when a snapshot operation (e.g. deleting a snapshot)
1372 frees clusters in the qcow2 file (on/off; default: on)
1373
1374 ``pass-discard-other``
1375 Whether discard requests for the data source should be
1376 issued on other occasions where a cluster gets freed
1377 (on/off; default: off)
1378
1379 ``overlap-check``
1380 Which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image
1381 (none/constant/cached/all; default: cached). For details or
1382 finer granularity control refer to the QAPI documentation of
1383 ``blockdev-add``.
1384
1385 Example 1:
1386
1387 ::
1388
1389 -blockdev driver=file,node-name=my_file,filename=/tmp/disk.qcow2
1390 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=hda,file=my_file,overlap-check=none,cache-size=16777216
1391
1392 Example 2:
1393
1394 ::
1395
1396 -blockdev driver=qcow2,node-name=disk,file.driver=http,file.filename=http://example.com/image.qcow2
1397
1398 ``Driver-specific options for other drivers``
1399 Please refer to the QAPI documentation of the ``blockdev-add``
1400 QMP command.
1401ERST
Markus Armbruster42e5f392017-02-28 22:27:07 +01001402
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001403DEF("drive", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_drive,
1404 "-drive [file=file][,if=type][,bus=n][,unit=m][,media=d][,index=i]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi92196b22011-08-04 12:26:52 +01001405 " [,cache=writethrough|writeback|none|directsync|unsafe][,format=f]\n"
Kevin Wolf572023f2018-06-13 11:01:30 +02001406 " [,snapshot=on|off][,rerror=ignore|stop|report]\n"
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001407 " [,werror=ignore|stop|report|enospc][,id=name]\n"
1408 " [,aio=threads|native|io_uring]\n"
Stefan Hajnoczifb0490f2011-11-17 13:40:32 +00001409 " [,readonly=on|off][,copy-on-read=on|off]\n"
Peter Lieven2f7133b2014-07-28 21:53:02 +02001410 " [,discard=ignore|unmap][,detect-zeroes=on|off|unmap]\n"
Benoît Canet3e9fab62013-09-02 14:14:40 +02001411 " [[,bps=b]|[[,bps_rd=r][,bps_wr=w]]]\n"
1412 " [[,iops=i]|[[,iops_rd=r][,iops_wr=w]]]\n"
1413 " [[,bps_max=bm]|[[,bps_rd_max=rm][,bps_wr_max=wm]]]\n"
1414 " [[,iops_max=im]|[[,iops_rd_max=irm][,iops_wr_max=iwm]]]\n"
Benoît Canet2024c1d2013-09-02 14:14:41 +02001415 " [[,iops_size=is]]\n"
Alberto Garcia76f4afb2015-06-08 18:17:44 +02001416 " [[,group=g]]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001417 " use 'file' as a drive image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001418SRST
1419``-drive option[,option[,option[,...]]]``
1420 Define a new drive. This includes creating a block driver node (the
1421 backend) as well as a guest device, and is mostly a shortcut for
1422 defining the corresponding ``-blockdev`` and ``-device`` options.
1423
1424 ``-drive`` accepts all options that are accepted by ``-blockdev``.
1425 In addition, it knows the following options:
1426
1427 ``file=file``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001428 This option defines which disk image (see the :ref:`disk images`
1429 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide) to use with this drive.
1430 If the filename contains comma, you must double it (for instance,
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001431 "file=my,,file" to use file "my,file").
1432
1433 Special files such as iSCSI devices can be specified using
1434 protocol specific URLs. See the section for "Device URL Syntax"
1435 for more information.
1436
1437 ``if=interface``
1438 This option defines on which type on interface the drive is
1439 connected. Available types are: ide, scsi, sd, mtd, floppy,
1440 pflash, virtio, none.
1441
1442 ``bus=bus,unit=unit``
1443 These options define where is connected the drive by defining
1444 the bus number and the unit id.
1445
1446 ``index=index``
Laurent Vivier35aab302022-02-02 15:34:22 +01001447 This option defines where the drive is connected by using an
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001448 index in the list of available connectors of a given interface
1449 type.
1450
1451 ``media=media``
1452 This option defines the type of the media: disk or cdrom.
1453
1454 ``snapshot=snapshot``
1455 snapshot is "on" or "off" and controls snapshot mode for the
1456 given drive (see ``-snapshot``).
1457
1458 ``cache=cache``
1459 cache is "none", "writeback", "unsafe", "directsync" or
1460 "writethrough" and controls how the host cache is used to access
1461 block data. This is a shortcut that sets the ``cache.direct``
1462 and ``cache.no-flush`` options (as in ``-blockdev``), and
1463 additionally ``cache.writeback``, which provides a default for
1464 the ``write-cache`` option of block guest devices (as in
1465 ``-device``). The modes correspond to the following settings:
1466
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001467 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1468 \ cache.writeback cache.direct cache.no-flush
1469 ============= =============== ============ ==============
1470 writeback on off off
1471 none on on off
1472 writethrough off off off
1473 directsync off on off
1474 unsafe on off on
1475 ============= =============== ============ ==============
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001476
1477 The default mode is ``cache=writeback``.
1478
1479 ``aio=aio``
Stefano Garzarellaad1e6912020-09-24 17:15:11 +02001480 aio is "threads", "native", or "io_uring" and selects between pthread
1481 based disk I/O, native Linux AIO, or Linux io_uring API.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001482
1483 ``format=format``
1484 Specify which disk format will be used rather than detecting the
1485 format. Can be used to specify format=raw to avoid interpreting
1486 an untrusted format header.
1487
1488 ``werror=action,rerror=action``
1489 Specify which action to take on write and read errors. Valid
1490 actions are: "ignore" (ignore the error and try to continue),
1491 "stop" (pause QEMU), "report" (report the error to the guest),
1492 "enospc" (pause QEMU only if the host disk is full; report the
1493 error to the guest otherwise). The default setting is
1494 ``werror=enospc`` and ``rerror=report``.
1495
1496 ``copy-on-read=copy-on-read``
1497 copy-on-read is "on" or "off" and enables whether to copy read
1498 backing file sectors into the image file.
1499
1500 ``bps=b,bps_rd=r,bps_wr=w``
1501 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1502 for all request types or for reads or writes only. Small values
1503 can lead to timeouts or hangs inside the guest. A safe minimum
1504 for disks is 2 MB/s.
1505
1506 ``bps_max=bm,bps_rd_max=rm,bps_wr_max=wm``
1507 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1508 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1509 above the limit temporarily.
1510
1511 ``iops=i,iops_rd=r,iops_wr=w``
1512 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1513 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1514
1515 ``iops_max=bm,iops_rd_max=rm,iops_wr_max=wm``
1516 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1517 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1518 spike above the limit temporarily.
1519
1520 ``iops_size=is``
1521 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1522 throttling purposes. Use this option to prevent guests from
1523 circumventing iops limits by sending fewer but larger requests.
1524
1525 ``group=g``
1526 Join a throttling quota group with given name g. All drives that
1527 are members of the same group are accounted for together. Use
1528 this option to prevent guests from circumventing throttling
1529 limits by using many small disks instead of a single larger
1530 disk.
1531
1532 By default, the ``cache.writeback=on`` mode is used. It will report
1533 data writes as completed as soon as the data is present in the host
1534 page cache. This is safe as long as your guest OS makes sure to
1535 correctly flush disk caches where needed. If your guest OS does not
1536 handle volatile disk write caches correctly and your host crashes or
1537 loses power, then the guest may experience data corruption.
1538
1539 For such guests, you should consider using ``cache.writeback=off``.
1540 This means that the host page cache will be used to read and write
1541 data, but write notification will be sent to the guest only after
1542 QEMU has made sure to flush each write to the disk. Be aware that
1543 this has a major impact on performance.
1544
1545 When using the ``-snapshot`` option, unsafe caching is always used.
1546
1547 Copy-on-read avoids accessing the same backing file sectors
1548 repeatedly and is useful when the backing file is over a slow
1549 network. By default copy-on-read is off.
1550
1551 Instead of ``-cdrom`` you can use:
1552
1553 .. parsed-literal::
1554
1555 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=cdrom
1556
1557 Instead of ``-hda``, ``-hdb``, ``-hdc``, ``-hdd``, you can use:
1558
1559 .. parsed-literal::
1560
1561 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=0,media=disk
1562 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=1,media=disk
1563 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=2,media=disk
1564 |qemu_system| -drive file=file,index=3,media=disk
1565
1566 You can open an image using pre-opened file descriptors from an fd
1567 set:
1568
1569 .. parsed-literal::
1570
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02001571 |qemu_system| \\
1572 -add-fd fd=3,set=2,opaque="rdwr:/path/to/file" \\
1573 -add-fd fd=4,set=2,opaque="rdonly:/path/to/file" \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001574 -drive file=/dev/fdset/2,index=0,media=disk
1575
1576 You can connect a CDROM to the slave of ide0:
1577
1578 .. parsed-literal::
1579
1580 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1581
1582 If you don't specify the "file=" argument, you define an empty
1583 drive:
1584
1585 .. parsed-literal::
1586
1587 |qemu_system_x86| -drive if=ide,index=1,media=cdrom
1588
1589 Instead of ``-fda``, ``-fdb``, you can use:
1590
1591 .. parsed-literal::
1592
1593 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=0,if=floppy
1594 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=file,index=1,if=floppy
1595
1596 By default, interface is "ide" and index is automatically
1597 incremented:
1598
1599 .. parsed-literal::
1600
1601 |qemu_system_x86| -drive file=a -drive file=b"
1602
1603 is interpreted like:
1604
1605 .. parsed-literal::
1606
1607 |qemu_system_x86| -hda a -hdb b
1608ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001609
1610DEF("mtdblock", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mtdblock,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001611 "-mtdblock file use 'file' as on-board Flash memory image\n",
1612 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001613SRST
1614``-mtdblock file``
1615 Use file as on-board Flash memory image.
1616ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001617
1618DEF("sd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sd,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001619 "-sd file use 'file' as SecureDigital card image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001620SRST
1621``-sd file``
1622 Use file as SecureDigital card image.
1623ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001624
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001625DEF("snapshot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_snapshot,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00001626 "-snapshot write to temporary files instead of disk image files\n",
1627 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001628SRST
1629``-snapshot``
1630 Write to temporary files instead of disk image files. In this case,
1631 the raw disk image you use is not written back. You can however
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001632 force the write back by pressing C-a s (see the :ref:`disk images`
1633 chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001634ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001635
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301636DEF("fsdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fsdev,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001637 "-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001638 " [,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode]\n"
Pradeep Jagadeeshb8bbdb82017-02-28 10:31:46 +01001639 " [[,throttling.bps-total=b]|[[,throttling.bps-read=r][,throttling.bps-write=w]]]\n"
1640 " [[,throttling.iops-total=i]|[[,throttling.iops-read=r][,throttling.iops-write=w]]]\n"
1641 " [[,throttling.bps-total-max=bm]|[[,throttling.bps-read-max=rm][,throttling.bps-write-max=wm]]]\n"
1642 " [[,throttling.iops-total-max=im]|[[,throttling.iops-read-max=irm][,throttling.iops-write-max=iwm]]]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001643 " [[,throttling.iops-size=is]]\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001644 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1645 "-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001646 "-fsdev synth,id=id\n",
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301647 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1648
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001649SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001650``-fsdev local,id=id,path=path,security_model=security_model [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode] [,throttling.option=value[,throttling.option=value[,...]]]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001651 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001652``-fsdev proxy,id=id,socket=socket[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001653 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001654``-fsdev proxy,id=id,sock_fd=sock_fd[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001655 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001656``-fsdev synth,id=id[,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001657 Define a new file system device. Valid options are:
1658
1659 ``local``
1660 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1661
1662 ``proxy``
1663 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1664
1665 ``synth``
1666 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1667
1668 ``id=id``
1669 Specifies identifier for this device.
1670
1671 ``path=path``
1672 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1673 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1674
1675 ``security_model=security_model``
1676 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1677 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1678 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1679 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1680 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1681 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1682 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1683 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1684 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1685 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1686 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1687 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1688 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1689 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1690 parameter.
1691
1692 ``writeout=writeout``
1693 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1694 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1695 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1696 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1697 storage subsystem.
1698
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001699 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001700 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1701 default read-write access is given.
1702
1703 ``socket=socket``
1704 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1705 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1706
1707 ``sock_fd=sock_fd``
1708 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket descriptor
1709 for communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper
1710 like libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1711 sock\_fd.
1712
1713 ``fmode=fmode``
1714 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1715 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1716 "mapped-file".
1717
1718 ``dmode=dmode``
1719 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1720 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1721 "mapped-file".
1722
1723 ``throttling.bps-total=b,throttling.bps-read=r,throttling.bps-write=w``
1724 Specify bandwidth throttling limits in bytes per second, either
1725 for all request types or for reads or writes only.
1726
1727 ``throttling.bps-total-max=bm,bps-read-max=rm,bps-write-max=wm``
1728 Specify bursts in bytes per second, either for all request types
1729 or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to spike
1730 above the limit temporarily.
1731
1732 ``throttling.iops-total=i,throttling.iops-read=r, throttling.iops-write=w``
1733 Specify request rate limits in requests per second, either for
1734 all request types or for reads or writes only.
1735
1736 ``throttling.iops-total-max=im,throttling.iops-read-max=irm, throttling.iops-write-max=iwm``
1737 Specify bursts in requests per second, either for all request
1738 types or for reads or writes only. Bursts allow the guest I/O to
1739 spike above the limit temporarily.
1740
1741 ``throttling.iops-size=is``
1742 Let every is bytes of a request count as a new request for iops
1743 throttling purposes.
1744
1745 -fsdev option is used along with -device driver "virtio-9p-...".
1746
1747``-device virtio-9p-type,fsdev=id,mount_tag=mount_tag``
1748 Options for virtio-9p-... driver are:
1749
1750 ``type``
1751 Specifies the variant to be used. Supported values are "pci",
1752 "ccw" or "device", depending on the machine type.
1753
1754 ``fsdev=id``
1755 Specifies the id value specified along with -fsdev option.
1756
1757 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1758 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1759 export point.
1760ERST
Gautham R Shenoy74db9202010-04-29 17:44:43 +05301761
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301762DEF("virtfs", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_virtfs,
Greg Kurzb44a6b02019-05-17 17:34:49 +02001763 "-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=tag,security_model=mapped-xattr|mapped-file|passthrough|none\n"
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001764 " [,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on][,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=remap|forbid|warn]\n"
1765 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,socket=socket[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1766 "-virtfs proxy,mount_tag=tag,sock_fd=sock_fd[,id=id][,writeout=immediate][,readonly=on]\n"
1767 "-virtfs synth,mount_tag=tag[,id=id][,readonly=on]\n",
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301768 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1769
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001770SRST
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001771``-virtfs local,path=path,mount_tag=mount_tag ,security_model=security_model[,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on] [,fmode=fmode][,dmode=dmode][,multidevs=multidevs]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001772 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001773``-virtfs proxy,socket=socket,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001774 \
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001775``-virtfs proxy,sock_fd=sock_fd,mount_tag=mount_tag [,writeout=writeout][,readonly=on]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00001776 \
1777``-virtfs synth,mount_tag=mount_tag``
Christian Schoenebeck65abaa02020-05-14 08:06:43 +02001778 Define a new virtual filesystem device and expose it to the guest using
1779 a virtio-9p-device (a.k.a. 9pfs), which essentially means that a certain
1780 directory on host is made directly accessible by guest as a pass-through
1781 file system by using the 9P network protocol for communication between
1782 host and guests, if desired even accessible, shared by several guests
1783 simultaniously.
1784
1785 Note that ``-virtfs`` is actually just a convenience shortcut for its
1786 generalized form ``-fsdev -device virtio-9p-pci``.
1787
1788 The general form of pass-through file system options are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001789
1790 ``local``
1791 Accesses to the filesystem are done by QEMU.
1792
1793 ``proxy``
1794 Accesses to the filesystem are done by virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1795
1796 ``synth``
1797 Synthetic filesystem, only used by QTests.
1798
1799 ``id=id``
1800 Specifies identifier for the filesystem device
1801
1802 ``path=path``
1803 Specifies the export path for the file system device. Files
1804 under this path will be available to the 9p client on the guest.
1805
1806 ``security_model=security_model``
1807 Specifies the security model to be used for this export path.
1808 Supported security models are "passthrough", "mapped-xattr",
1809 "mapped-file" and "none". In "passthrough" security model, files
1810 are stored using the same credentials as they are created on the
1811 guest. This requires QEMU to run as root. In "mapped-xattr"
1812 security model, some of the file attributes like uid, gid, mode
1813 bits and link target are stored as file attributes. For
1814 "mapped-file" these attributes are stored in the hidden
1815 .virtfs\_metadata directory. Directories exported by this
1816 security model cannot interact with other unix tools. "none"
1817 security model is same as passthrough except the sever won't
1818 report failures if it fails to set file attributes like
1819 ownership. Security model is mandatory only for local fsdriver.
1820 Other fsdrivers (like proxy) don't take security model as a
1821 parameter.
1822
1823 ``writeout=writeout``
1824 This is an optional argument. The only supported value is
1825 "immediate". This means that host page cache will be used to
1826 read and write data but write notification will be sent to the
1827 guest only when the data has been reported as written by the
1828 storage subsystem.
1829
Paolo Bonzini991c1802020-11-13 03:10:52 -05001830 ``readonly=on``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001831 Enables exporting 9p share as a readonly mount for guests. By
1832 default read-write access is given.
1833
1834 ``socket=socket``
1835 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed socket file for
1836 communicating with virtfs-proxy-helper(1). Usually a helper like
1837 libvirt will create socketpair and pass one of the fds as
1838 sock\_fd.
1839
1840 ``sock_fd``
1841 Enables proxy filesystem driver to use passed 'sock\_fd' as the
1842 socket descriptor for interfacing with virtfs-proxy-helper(1).
1843
1844 ``fmode=fmode``
1845 Specifies the default mode for newly created files on the host.
1846 Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1847 "mapped-file".
1848
1849 ``dmode=dmode``
1850 Specifies the default mode for newly created directories on the
1851 host. Works only with security models "mapped-xattr" and
1852 "mapped-file".
1853
1854 ``mount_tag=mount_tag``
1855 Specifies the tag name to be used by the guest to mount this
1856 export point.
1857
1858 ``multidevs=multidevs``
1859 Specifies how to deal with multiple devices being shared with a
1860 9p export. Supported behaviours are either "remap", "forbid" or
1861 "warn". The latter is the default behaviour on which virtfs 9p
1862 expects only one device to be shared with the same export, and
1863 if more than one device is shared and accessed via the same 9p
1864 export then only a warning message is logged (once) by qemu on
1865 host side. In order to avoid file ID collisions on guest you
1866 should either create a separate virtfs export for each device to
1867 be shared with guests (recommended way) or you might use "remap"
1868 instead which allows you to share multiple devices with only one
1869 export instead, which is achieved by remapping the original
1870 inode numbers from host to guest in a way that would prevent
1871 such collisions. Remapping inodes in such use cases is required
1872 because the original device IDs from host are never passed and
1873 exposed on guest. Instead all files of an export shared with
1874 virtfs always share the same device id on guest. So two files
1875 with identical inode numbers but from actually different devices
1876 on host would otherwise cause a file ID collision and hence
1877 potential misbehaviours on guest. "forbid" on the other hand
1878 assumes like "warn" that only one device is shared by the same
1879 export, however it will not only log a warning message but also
1880 deny access to additional devices on guest. Note though that
1881 "forbid" does currently not block all possible file access
1882 operations (e.g. readdir() would still return entries from other
1883 devices).
1884ERST
Gautham R Shenoy3d54abc2010-04-29 17:45:03 +05301885
Markus Armbruster61d70482017-10-02 16:03:03 +02001886DEF("iscsi", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_iscsi,
1887 "-iscsi [user=user][,password=password]\n"
1888 " [,header-digest=CRC32C|CR32C-NONE|NONE-CRC32C|NONE\n"
1889 " [,initiator-name=initiator-iqn][,id=target-iqn]\n"
1890 " [,timeout=timeout]\n"
1891 " iSCSI session parameters\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
1892
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001893SRST
1894``-iscsi``
1895 Configure iSCSI session parameters.
1896ERST
Markus Armbruster44743142017-10-02 16:03:04 +02001897
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001898DEFHEADING()
1899
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001900DEFHEADING(USB convenience options:)
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001901
1902DEF("usb", 0, QEMU_OPTION_usb,
Stefan Hajnoczi73f46fe2019-08-15 15:14:28 +01001903 "-usb enable on-board USB host controller (if not enabled by default)\n",
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001904 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001905SRST
1906``-usb``
1907 Enable USB emulation on machine types with an on-board USB host
1908 controller (if not enabled by default). Note that on-board USB host
1909 controllers may not support USB 3.0. In this case
1910 ``-device qemu-xhci`` can be used instead on machines with PCI.
1911ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001912
1913DEF("usbdevice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_usbdevice,
1914 "-usbdevice name add the host or guest USB device 'name'\n",
1915 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001916SRST
1917``-usbdevice devname``
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001918 Add the USB device devname, and enable an on-board USB controller
1919 if possible and necessary (just like it can be done via
1920 ``-machine usb=on``). Note that this option is mainly intended for
1921 the user's convenience only. More fine-grained control can be
1922 achieved by selecting a USB host controller (if necessary) and the
1923 desired USB device via the ``-device`` option instead. For example,
1924 instead of using ``-usbdevice mouse`` it is possible to use
1925 ``-device qemu-xhci -device usb-mouse`` to connect the USB mouse
1926 to a USB 3.0 controller instead (at least on machines that support
1927 PCI and do not have an USB controller enabled by default yet).
1928 For more details, see the chapter about
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01001929 :ref:`Connecting USB devices` in the System Emulation Users Guide.
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001930 Possible devices for devname are:
1931
1932 ``braille``
1933 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
1934 output on a real or fake device (i.e. it also creates a
1935 corresponding ``braille`` chardev automatically beside the
1936 ``usb-braille`` USB device).
1937
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001938 ``keyboard``
1939 Standard USB keyboard. Will override the PS/2 keyboard (if present).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001940
1941 ``mouse``
1942 Virtual Mouse. This will override the PS/2 mouse emulation when
1943 activated.
1944
1945 ``tablet``
1946 Pointer device that uses absolute coordinates (like a
1947 touchscreen). This means QEMU is able to report the mouse
1948 position without having to grab the mouse. Also overrides the
1949 PS/2 mouse emulation when activated.
1950
Thomas Huthc2a34ab2021-03-10 18:33:23 +01001951 ``wacom-tablet``
1952 Wacom PenPartner USB tablet.
1953
1954
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00001955ERST
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001956
Markus Armbruster10adb8b2013-02-13 19:49:43 +01001957DEFHEADING()
1958
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02001959DEFHEADING(Display options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00001960
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01001961DEF("display", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_display,
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001962#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Marc-André Lureaud8aec9d2019-02-21 12:07:03 +01001963 "-display spice-app[,gl=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001964#endif
1965#if defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Hutha743d602022-05-19 17:56:23 +02001966 "-display sdl[,gl=on|core|es|off][,grab-mod=<mod>][,show-cursor=on|off]\n"
1967 " [,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001968#endif
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001969#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02001970 "-display gtk[,full-screen=on|off][,gl=on|off][,grab-on-hover=on|off]\n"
Felix xq QueiĂźnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02001971 " [,show-tabs=on|off][,show-cursor=on|off][,window-close=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001972#endif
1973#if defined(CONFIG_VNC)
1974 "-display vnc=<display>[,<optargs>]\n"
1975#endif
1976#if defined(CONFIG_CURSES)
1977 "-display curses[,charset=<encoding>]\n"
1978#endif
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001979#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Gustavo Noronha Silva4797adc2022-03-06 21:11:19 +09001980 "-display cocoa[,full-grab=on|off][,swap-opt-cmd=on|off]\n"
Gustavo Noronha Silvaf844cdb2022-03-06 21:11:18 +09001981#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001982#if defined(CONFIG_OPENGL)
1983 "-display egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1984#endif
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04001985#if defined(CONFIG_DBUS_DISPLAY)
1986 "-display dbus[,addr=<dbusaddr>]\n"
1987 " [,gl=on|core|es|off][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
1988#endif
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00001989#if defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
1990 "-display cocoa[,show-cursor=on|off][,left-command-key=on|off]\n"
1991#endif
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001992 "-display none\n"
1993 " select display backend type\n"
1994 " The default display is equivalent to\n "
1995#if defined(CONFIG_GTK)
1996 "\"-display gtk\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001997#elif defined(CONFIG_SDL)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02001998 "\"-display sdl\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08001999#elif defined(CONFIG_COCOA)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002000 "\"-display cocoa\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002001#elif defined(CONFIG_VNC)
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002002 "\"-vnc localhost:0,to=99,id=default\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002003#else
Thomas Huth88b40c62019-10-23 14:01:28 +02002004 "\"-display none\"\n"
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002005#endif
2006 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002007SRST
2008``-display type``
Thomas Huth707d93d2022-05-19 17:56:25 +02002009 Select type of display to use. Use ``-display help`` to list the available
2010 display types. Valid values for type are
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002011
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002012 ``spice-app[,gl=on|off]``
2013 Start QEMU as a Spice server and launch the default Spice client
2014 application. The Spice server will redirect the serial consoles
2015 and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)
2016
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002017 ``dbus``
2018 Export the display over D-Bus interfaces. (Since 7.0)
2019
2020 The connection is registered with the "org.qemu" name (and queued when
2021 already owned).
2022
2023 ``addr=<dbusaddr>`` : D-Bus bus address to connect to.
2024
Marc-André Lureau99997822021-10-10 00:16:57 +04002025 ``p2p=yes|no`` : Use peer-to-peer connection, accepted via QMP ``add_client``.
2026
2027 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for rendering (the D-Bus interface
2028 will share framebuffers with DMABUF file descriptors).
Marc-André Lureau142ca622021-07-15 11:53:53 +04002029
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002030 ``sdl``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002031 Display video output via SDL (usually in a separate graphics
2032 window; see the SDL documentation for other possibilities).
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002033 Valid parameters are:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002034
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002035 ``grab-mod=<mods>`` : Used to select the modifier keys for toggling
John Snow450e0f22021-10-04 17:52:36 -04002036 the mouse grabbing in conjunction with the "g" key. ``<mods>`` can be
2037 either ``lshift-lctrl-lalt`` or ``rctrl``.
Thomas Huth8e8e8442021-08-25 11:20:21 +02002038
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002039 ``gl=on|off|core|es`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2040
2041 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2042
2043 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2044
2045 ``gtk``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002046 Display video output in a GTK window. This interface provides
2047 drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and control
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002048 the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002049
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002050 ``full-screen=on|off`` : Start in fullscreen mode
2051
2052 ``gl=on|off`` : Use OpenGL for displaying
2053
2054 ``grab-on-hover=on|off`` : Grab keyboard input on mouse hover
2055
Felix xq QueiĂźnerc34a9332022-07-12 15:37:53 +02002056 ``show-tabs=on|off`` : Display the tab bar for switching between the
2057 various graphical interfaces (e.g. VGA and
2058 virtual console character devices) by default.
2059
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002060 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2061
2062 ``window-close=on|off`` : Allow to quit qemu with window close button
2063
2064 ``curses[,charset=<encoding>]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002065 Display video output via curses. For graphics device models
2066 which support a text mode, QEMU can display this output using a
2067 curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is displayed when the graphics
2068 device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does not
2069 support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models
2070 support text mode. The font charset used by the guest can be
2071 specified with the ``charset`` option, for example
2072 ``charset=CP850`` for IBM CP850 encoding. The default is
2073 ``CP437``.
2074
Carwyn Ellis48941a52022-01-02 17:41:52 +00002075 ``cocoa``
2076 Display video output in a Cocoa window. Mac only. This interface
2077 provides drop-down menus and other UI elements to configure and
2078 control the VM during runtime. Valid parameters are:
2079
2080 ``show-cursor=on|off`` : Force showing the mouse cursor
2081
2082 ``left-command-key=on|off`` : Disable forwarding left command key to host
2083
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002084 ``egl-headless[,rendernode=<file>]``
Ahmed Abouziedddc71752021-06-01 19:41:18 +02002085 Offload all OpenGL operations to a local DRI device. For any
2086 graphical display, this display needs to be paired with either
2087 VNC or SPICE displays.
2088
Thomas Huth95f439b2021-06-30 18:32:31 +02002089 ``vnc=<display>``
2090 Start a VNC server on display <display>
2091
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002092 ``none``
2093 Do not display video output. The guest will still see an
2094 emulated graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to
2095 the QEMU user. This option differs from the -nographic option in
2096 that it only affects what is done with video output; -nographic
2097 also changes the destination of the serial and parallel port
2098 data.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002099ERST
Jes Sorensen1472a952011-03-16 13:33:31 +01002100
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002101DEF("nographic", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nographic,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002102 "-nographic disable graphical output and redirect serial I/Os to console\n",
2103 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002104SRST
2105``-nographic``
2106 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2107 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2108 monitor in a window. With this option, you can totally disable
2109 graphical output so that QEMU is a simple command line application.
2110 The emulated serial port is redirected on the console and muxed with
2111 the monitor (unless redirected elsewhere explicitly). Therefore, you
2112 can still use QEMU to debug a Linux kernel with a serial console.
2113 Use C-a h for help on switching between the console and monitor.
2114ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002115
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002116#ifdef CONFIG_SPICE
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002117DEF("spice", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_spice,
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002118 "-spice [port=port][,tls-port=secured-port][,x509-dir=<dir>]\n"
2119 " [,x509-key-file=<file>][,x509-key-password=<file>]\n"
2120 " [,x509-cert-file=<file>][,x509-cacert-file=<file>]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002121 " [,x509-dh-key-file=<file>][,addr=addr]\n"
2122 " [,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,unix=on|off]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002123 " [,tls-ciphers=<list>]\n"
2124 " [,tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
2125 " [,plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002126 " [,sasl=on|off][,disable-ticketing=on|off]\n"
2127 " [,password=<string>][,password-secret=<secret-id>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002128 " [,image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]]\n"
2129 " [,jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
2130 " [,zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002131 " [,streaming-video=[off|all|filter]][,disable-copy-paste=on|off]\n"
2132 " [,disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off][,agent-mouse=[on|off]]\n"
Hans de Goede5ad24e52013-06-08 15:37:27 +02002133 " [,playback-compression=[on|off]][,seamless-migration=[on|off]]\n"
Marc-André Lureau7b525502017-02-12 15:21:18 +04002134 " [,gl=[on|off]][,rendernode=<file>]\n"
Yonit Halperin27af7782012-08-21 13:54:20 +03002135 " enable spice\n"
2136 " at least one of {port, tls-port} is mandatory\n",
2137 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Marc-André Lureau5324e3e2021-09-09 12:44:11 +04002138#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002139SRST
2140``-spice option[,option[,...]]``
2141 Enable the spice remote desktop protocol. Valid options are
2142
2143 ``port=<nr>``
2144 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for plaintext channels.
2145
2146 ``addr=<addr>``
2147 Set the IP address spice is listening on. Default is any
2148 address.
2149
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002150 ``ipv4=on|off``; \ ``ipv6=on|off``; \ ``unix=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002151 Force using the specified IP version.
2152
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002153 ``password=<string>``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002154 Set the password you need to authenticate.
2155
Daniel P. Berrangéc47c0bc2021-03-11 11:43:43 +00002156 This option is deprecated and insecure because it leaves the
2157 password visible in the process listing. Use ``password-secret``
2158 instead.
2159
Daniel P. Berrangé99522f62021-03-11 11:43:42 +00002160 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2161 Set the ID of the ``secret`` object containing the password
2162 you need to authenticate.
2163
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002164 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002165 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the spice.
2166 The exact choice of authentication method used is controlled
2167 from the system / user's SASL configuration file for the 'qemu'
2168 service. This is typically found in /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If
2169 running QEMU as an unprivileged user, an environment variable
2170 SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it search alternate
2171 locations for the service config. While some SASL auth methods
2172 can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI), it is recommended
2173 that SASL always be combined with the 'tls' and 'x509' settings
2174 to enable use of SSL and server certificates. This ensures a
2175 data encryption preventing compromise of authentication
2176 credentials.
2177
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002178 ``disable-ticketing=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002179 Allow client connects without authentication.
2180
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002181 ``disable-copy-paste=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002182 Disable copy paste between the client and the guest.
2183
Daniel P. Berrangéa9daa362021-02-16 19:10:20 +00002184 ``disable-agent-file-xfer=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002185 Disable spice-vdagent based file-xfer between the client and the
2186 guest.
2187
2188 ``tls-port=<nr>``
2189 Set the TCP port spice is listening on for encrypted channels.
2190
2191 ``x509-dir=<dir>``
2192 Set the x509 file directory. Expects same filenames as -vnc
2193 $display,x509=$dir
2194
2195 ``x509-key-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-key-password=<file>``; \ ``x509-cert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-cacert-file=<file>``; \ ``x509-dh-key-file=<file>``
2196 The x509 file names can also be configured individually.
2197
2198 ``tls-ciphers=<list>``
2199 Specify which ciphers to use.
2200
2201 ``tls-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``; \ ``plaintext-channel=[main|display|cursor|inputs|record|playback]``
2202 Force specific channel to be used with or without TLS
2203 encryption. The options can be specified multiple times to
2204 configure multiple channels. The special name "default" can be
2205 used to set the default mode. For channels which are not
2206 explicitly forced into one mode the spice client is allowed to
2207 pick tls/plaintext as he pleases.
2208
2209 ``image-compression=[auto_glz|auto_lz|quic|glz|lz|off]``
2210 Configure image compression (lossless). Default is auto\_glz.
2211
2212 ``jpeg-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``; \ ``zlib-glz-wan-compression=[auto|never|always]``
2213 Configure wan image compression (lossy for slow links). Default
2214 is auto.
2215
2216 ``streaming-video=[off|all|filter]``
2217 Configure video stream detection. Default is off.
2218
2219 ``agent-mouse=[on|off]``
2220 Enable/disable passing mouse events via vdagent. Default is on.
2221
2222 ``playback-compression=[on|off]``
2223 Enable/disable audio stream compression (using celt 0.5.1).
2224 Default is on.
2225
2226 ``seamless-migration=[on|off]``
2227 Enable/disable spice seamless migration. Default is off.
2228
2229 ``gl=[on|off]``
2230 Enable/disable OpenGL context. Default is off.
2231
2232 ``rendernode=<file>``
2233 DRM render node for OpenGL rendering. If not specified, it will
2234 pick the first available. (Since 2.9)
2235ERST
Gerd Hoffmann29b00402010-03-11 11:13:27 -03002236
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002237DEF("portrait", 0, QEMU_OPTION_portrait,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002238 "-portrait rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2239 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002240SRST
2241``-portrait``
2242 Rotate graphical output 90 deg left (only PXA LCD).
2243ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002244
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002245DEF("rotate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rotate,
2246 "-rotate <deg> rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD)\n",
2247 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002248SRST
2249``-rotate deg``
2250 Rotate graphical output some deg left (only PXA LCD).
2251ERST
Vasily Khoruzhick93128052011-06-17 13:04:36 +03002252
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002253DEF("vga", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vga,
Gerd Hoffmanna94f0c52014-09-10 14:28:48 +02002254 "-vga [std|cirrus|vmware|qxl|xenfb|tcx|cg3|virtio|none]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002255 " select video card type\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002256SRST
2257``-vga type``
2258 Select type of VGA card to emulate. Valid values for type are
2259
2260 ``cirrus``
2261 Cirrus Logic GD5446 Video card. All Windows versions starting
2262 from Windows 95 should recognize and use this graphic card. For
2263 optimal performances, use 16 bit color depth in the guest and
2264 the host OS. (This card was the default before QEMU 2.2)
2265
2266 ``std``
2267 Standard VGA card with Bochs VBE extensions. If your guest OS
2268 supports the VESA 2.0 VBE extensions (e.g. Windows XP) and if
2269 you want to use high resolution modes (>= 1280x1024x16) then you
2270 should use this option. (This card is the default since QEMU
2271 2.2)
2272
2273 ``vmware``
2274 VMWare SVGA-II compatible adapter. Use it if you have
2275 sufficiently recent XFree86/XOrg server or Windows guest with a
2276 driver for this card.
2277
2278 ``qxl``
2279 QXL paravirtual graphic card. It is VGA compatible (including
2280 VESA 2.0 VBE support). Works best with qxl guest drivers
2281 installed though. Recommended choice when using the spice
2282 protocol.
2283
2284 ``tcx``
2285 (sun4m only) Sun TCX framebuffer. This is the default
2286 framebuffer for sun4m machines and offers both 8-bit and 24-bit
2287 colour depths at a fixed resolution of 1024x768.
2288
2289 ``cg3``
2290 (sun4m only) Sun cgthree framebuffer. This is a simple 8-bit
2291 framebuffer for sun4m machines available in both 1024x768
2292 (OpenBIOS) and 1152x900 (OBP) resolutions aimed at people
2293 wishing to run older Solaris versions.
2294
2295 ``virtio``
2296 Virtio VGA card.
2297
2298 ``none``
2299 Disable VGA card.
2300ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002301
2302DEF("full-screen", 0, QEMU_OPTION_full_screen,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002303 "-full-screen start in full screen\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002304SRST
2305``-full-screen``
2306 Start in full screen.
2307ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002308
John Snow60f9a4e2020-02-04 11:56:38 -05002309DEF("g", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_g ,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002310 "-g WxH[xDEPTH] Set the initial graphical resolution and depth\n",
Laurent Vivier8ac919a2019-10-26 18:45:43 +02002311 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC | QEMU_ARCH_M68K)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002312SRST
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00002313``-g`` *width*\ ``x``\ *height*\ ``[x``\ *depth*\ ``]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002314 Set the initial graphical resolution and depth (PPC, SPARC only).
2315
2316 For PPC the default is 800x600x32.
2317
2318 For SPARC with the TCX graphics device, the default is 1024x768x8
2319 with the option of 1024x768x24. For cgthree, the default is
2320 1024x768x8 with the option of 1152x900x8 for people who wish to use
2321 OBP.
2322ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002323
2324DEF("vnc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_vnc ,
Robert Hof04ec5a2016-07-26 18:17:11 +08002325 "-vnc <display> shorthand for -display vnc=<display>\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002326SRST
2327``-vnc display[,option[,option[,...]]]``
2328 Normally, if QEMU is compiled with graphical window support, it
2329 displays output such as guest graphics, guest console, and the QEMU
2330 monitor in a window. With this option, you can have QEMU listen on
2331 VNC display display and redirect the VGA display over the VNC
2332 session. It is very useful to enable the usb tablet device when
2333 using this option (option ``-device usb-tablet``). When using the
2334 VNC display, you must use the ``-k`` parameter to set the keyboard
2335 layout if you are not using en-us. Valid syntax for the display is
2336
2337 ``to=L``
2338 With this option, QEMU will try next available VNC displays,
2339 until the number L, if the origianlly defined "-vnc display" is
2340 not available, e.g. port 5900+display is already used by another
2341 application. By default, to=0.
2342
2343 ``host:d``
2344 TCP connections will only be allowed from host on display d. By
2345 convention the TCP port is 5900+d. Optionally, host can be
2346 omitted in which case the server will accept connections from
2347 any host.
2348
2349 ``unix:path``
2350 Connections will be allowed over UNIX domain sockets where path
2351 is the location of a unix socket to listen for connections on.
2352
2353 ``none``
2354 VNC is initialized but not started. The monitor ``change``
2355 command can be used to later start the VNC server.
2356
2357 Following the display value there may be one or more option flags
2358 separated by commas. Valid options are
2359
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002360 ``reverse=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002361 Connect to a listening VNC client via a "reverse" connection.
2362 The client is specified by the display. For reverse network
2363 connections (host:d,``reverse``), the d argument is a TCP port
2364 number, not a display number.
2365
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002366 ``websocket=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002367 Opens an additional TCP listening port dedicated to VNC
2368 Websocket connections. If a bare websocket option is given, the
2369 Websocket port is 5700+display. An alternative port can be
2370 specified with the syntax ``websocket``\ =port.
2371
2372 If host is specified connections will only be allowed from this
2373 host. It is possible to control the websocket listen address
2374 independently, using the syntax ``websocket``\ =host:port.
2375
2376 If no TLS credentials are provided, the websocket connection
2377 runs in unencrypted mode. If TLS credentials are provided, the
2378 websocket connection requires encrypted client connections.
2379
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002380 ``password=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002381 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2382 connections.
2383
2384 The password must be set separately using the ``set_password``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002385 command in the :ref:`QEMU monitor`. The
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002386 syntax to change your password is:
2387 ``set_password <protocol> <password>`` where <protocol> could be
2388 either "vnc" or "spice".
2389
2390 If you would like to change <protocol> password expiration, you
2391 should use ``expire_password <protocol> <expiration-time>``
2392 where expiration time could be one of the following options:
2393 now, never, +seconds or UNIX time of expiration, e.g. +60 to
2394 make password expire in 60 seconds, or 1335196800 to make
2395 password expire on "Mon Apr 23 12:00:00 EDT 2012" (UNIX time for
2396 this date and time).
2397
2398 You can also use keywords "now" or "never" for the expiration
2399 time to allow <protocol> password to expire immediately or never
2400 expire.
2401
Daniel P. Berrangé6c6840e2021-03-11 11:43:41 +00002402 ``password-secret=<secret-id>``
2403 Require that password based authentication is used for client
2404 connections, using the password provided by the ``secret``
2405 object identified by ``secret-id``.
2406
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002407 ``tls-creds=ID``
2408 Provides the ID of a set of TLS credentials to use to secure the
2409 VNC server. They will apply to both the normal VNC server socket
2410 and the websocket socket (if enabled). Setting TLS credentials
2411 will cause the VNC server socket to enable the VeNCrypt auth
2412 mechanism. The credentials should have been previously created
2413 using the ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
2414
2415 ``tls-authz=ID``
2416 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2417 the client's x509 distinguished name will validated. This object
2418 is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
2419 on the fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will
2420 default to denying access.
2421
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002422 ``sasl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002423 Require that the client use SASL to authenticate with the VNC
2424 server. The exact choice of authentication method used is
2425 controlled from the system / user's SASL configuration file for
2426 the 'qemu' service. This is typically found in
2427 /etc/sasl2/qemu.conf. If running QEMU as an unprivileged user,
2428 an environment variable SASL\_CONF\_PATH can be used to make it
2429 search alternate locations for the service config. While some
2430 SASL auth methods can also provide data encryption (eg GSSAPI),
2431 it is recommended that SASL always be combined with the 'tls'
2432 and 'x509' settings to enable use of SSL and server
2433 certificates. This ensures a data encryption preventing
2434 compromise of authentication credentials. See the
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01002435 :ref:`VNC security` section in the System Emulation Users Guide
2436 for details on using SASL authentication.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002437
2438 ``sasl-authz=ID``
2439 Provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which
2440 the client's SASL username will validated. This object is only
2441 resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated on the
2442 fly while the VNC server is active. If missing, it will default
2443 to denying access.
2444
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002445 ``acl=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002446 Legacy method for enabling authorization of clients against the
2447 x509 distinguished name and SASL username. It results in the
2448 creation of two ``authz-list`` objects with IDs of
2449 ``vnc.username`` and ``vnc.x509dname``. The rules for these
2450 objects must be configured with the HMP ACL commands.
2451
2452 This option is deprecated and should no longer be used. The new
2453 ``sasl-authz`` and ``tls-authz`` options are a replacement.
2454
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002455 ``lossy=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002456 Enable lossy compression methods (gradient, JPEG, ...). If this
2457 option is set, VNC client may receive lossy framebuffer updates
2458 depending on its encoding settings. Enabling this option can
2459 save a lot of bandwidth at the expense of quality.
2460
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002461 ``non-adaptive=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002462 Disable adaptive encodings. Adaptive encodings are enabled by
2463 default. An adaptive encoding will try to detect frequently
2464 updated screen regions, and send updates in these regions using
2465 a lossy encoding (like JPEG). This can be really helpful to save
2466 bandwidth when playing videos. Disabling adaptive encodings
2467 restores the original static behavior of encodings like Tight.
2468
2469 ``share=[allow-exclusive|force-shared|ignore]``
2470 Set display sharing policy. 'allow-exclusive' allows clients to
2471 ask for exclusive access. As suggested by the rfb spec this is
2472 implemented by dropping other connections. Connecting multiple
2473 clients in parallel requires all clients asking for a shared
2474 session (vncviewer: -shared switch). This is the default.
2475 'force-shared' disables exclusive client access. Useful for
2476 shared desktop sessions, where you don't want someone forgetting
2477 specify -shared disconnect everybody else. 'ignore' completely
2478 ignores the shared flag and allows everybody connect
2479 unconditionally. Doesn't conform to the rfb spec but is
2480 traditional QEMU behavior.
2481
2482 ``key-delay-ms``
2483 Set keyboard delay, for key down and key up events, in
2484 milliseconds. Default is 10. Keyboards are low-bandwidth
2485 devices, so this slowdown can help the device and guest to keep
2486 up and not lose events in case events are arriving in bulk.
2487 Possible causes for the latter are flaky network connections, or
2488 scripts for automated testing.
2489
2490 ``audiodev=audiodev``
2491 Use the specified audiodev when the VNC client requests audio
2492 transmission. When not using an -audiodev argument, this option
2493 must be omitted, otherwise is must be present and specify a
2494 valid audiodev.
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002495
Daniel P. Berrangé82a17d12021-02-16 19:10:23 +00002496 ``power-control=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangé7b5fa0b2020-12-11 16:08:25 +00002497 Permit the remote client to issue shutdown, reboot or reset power
2498 control requests.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002499ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002500
Michael Ellermana3adb7a2011-12-19 17:19:31 +11002501ARCHHEADING(, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002502
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002503ARCHHEADING(i386 target only:, QEMU_ARCH_I386)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002504
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002505DEF("win2k-hack", 0, QEMU_OPTION_win2k_hack,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002506 "-win2k-hack use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug\n",
2507 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002508SRST
2509``-win2k-hack``
2510 Use it when installing Windows 2000 to avoid a disk full bug. After
2511 Windows 2000 is installed, you no longer need this option (this
2512 option slows down the IDE transfers).
2513ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002514
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002515DEF("no-fd-bootchk", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_fd_bootchk,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002516 "-no-fd-bootchk disable boot signature checking for floppy disks\n",
2517 QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002518SRST
2519``-no-fd-bootchk``
2520 Disable boot signature checking for floppy disks in BIOS. May be
2521 needed to boot from old floppy disks.
2522ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002523
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002524DEF("no-acpi", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_acpi,
Shannon Zhaof5d8c8c2015-05-29 11:28:54 +01002525 "-no-acpi disable ACPI\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002526SRST
2527``-no-acpi``
2528 Disable ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) support.
2529 Use it if your guest OS complains about ACPI problems (PC target
2530 machine only).
2531ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002532
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002533DEF("no-hpet", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_hpet,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002534 "-no-hpet disable HPET\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002535SRST
2536``-no-hpet``
2537 Disable HPET support.
2538ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002539
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002540DEF("acpitable", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_acpitable,
Michael Tokarev104bf022011-05-12 18:44:17 +04002541 "-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n][,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,{data|file}=file1[:file2]...]\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00002542 " ACPI table description\n", QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002543SRST
2544``-acpitable [sig=str][,rev=n][,oem_id=str][,oem_table_id=str][,oem_rev=n] [,asl_compiler_id=str][,asl_compiler_rev=n][,data=file1[:file2]...]``
2545 Add ACPI table with specified header fields and context from
2546 specified files. For file=, take whole ACPI table from the specified
2547 files, including all ACPI headers (possible overridden by other
2548 options). For data=, only data portion of the table is used, all
2549 header information is specified in the command line. If a SLIC table
2550 is supplied to QEMU, then the SLIC's oem\_id and oem\_table\_id
2551 fields will override the same in the RSDT and the FADT (a.k.a.
2552 FACP), in order to ensure the field matches required by the
2553 Microsoft SLIC spec and the ACPI spec.
2554ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002555
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002556DEF("smbios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_smbios,
2557 "-smbios file=binary\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002558 " load SMBIOS entry from binary file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002559 "-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d]\n"
2560 " [,uefi=on|off]\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002561 " specify SMBIOS type 0 fields\n"
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002562 "-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2563 " [,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002564 " specify SMBIOS type 1 fields\n"
2565 "-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
2566 " [,asset=str][,location=str]\n"
2567 " specify SMBIOS type 2 fields\n"
2568 "-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str]\n"
2569 " [,sku=str]\n"
2570 " specify SMBIOS type 3 fields\n"
2571 "-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str]\n"
Ying Fangc906e032020-08-06 11:56:33 +08002572 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,max-speed=%d][,current-speed=%d]\n"
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002573 " [,processor-id=%d]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002574 " specify SMBIOS type 4 fields\n"
Hal Martinfd8caa22022-08-12 15:51:53 +02002575 "-smbios type=8[,external_reference=str][,internal_reference=str][,connector_type=%d][,port_type=%d]\n"
2576 " specify SMBIOS type 8 fields\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002577 "-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]\n"
2578 " specify SMBIOS type 11 fields\n"
Gabriel L. Somlob155eb12015-02-05 11:45:30 -05002579 "-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str]\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo3ebd6cc2015-03-11 13:58:01 -04002580 " [,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]\n"
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002581 " specify SMBIOS type 17 fields\n"
2582 "-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]\n"
2583 " specify SMBIOS type 41 fields\n",
Wei Huangc30e1562015-09-07 10:39:29 +01002584 QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002585SRST
2586``-smbios file=binary``
2587 Load SMBIOS entry from binary file.
2588
2589``-smbios type=0[,vendor=str][,version=str][,date=str][,release=%d.%d][,uefi=on|off]``
2590 Specify SMBIOS type 0 fields
2591
2592``-smbios type=1[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,uuid=uuid][,sku=str][,family=str]``
2593 Specify SMBIOS type 1 fields
2594
2595``-smbios type=2[,manufacturer=str][,product=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,location=str]``
2596 Specify SMBIOS type 2 fields
2597
2598``-smbios type=3[,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,sku=str]``
2599 Specify SMBIOS type 3 fields
2600
Patrick Venturecb5fb042022-01-25 08:31:18 -08002601``-smbios type=4[,sock_pfx=str][,manufacturer=str][,version=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,processor-id=%d]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002602 Specify SMBIOS type 4 fields
2603
Daniel P. Berrangé48a7ff42020-09-23 14:38:04 +01002604``-smbios type=11[,value=str][,path=filename]``
2605 Specify SMBIOS type 11 fields
2606
2607 This argument can be repeated multiple times, and values are added in the order they are parsed.
2608 Applications intending to use OEM strings data are encouraged to use their application name as
2609 a prefix for the value string. This facilitates passing information for multiple applications
2610 concurrently.
2611
2612 The ``value=str`` syntax provides the string data inline, while the ``path=filename`` syntax
2613 loads data from a file on disk. Note that the file is not permitted to contain any NUL bytes.
2614
2615 Both the ``value`` and ``path`` options can be repeated multiple times and will be added to
2616 the SMBIOS table in the order in which they appear.
2617
2618 Note that on the x86 architecture, the total size of all SMBIOS tables is limited to 65535
2619 bytes. Thus the OEM strings data is not suitable for passing large amounts of data into the
2620 guest. Instead it should be used as a indicator to inform the guest where to locate the real
2621 data set, for example, by specifying the serial ID of a block device.
2622
2623 An example passing three strings is
2624
2625 .. parsed-literal::
2626
2627 -smbios type=11,value=cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/,\\
2628 value=anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os,\\
2629 path=/some/file/with/oemstringsdata.txt
2630
2631 In the guest OS this is visible with the ``dmidecode`` command
2632
2633 .. parsed-literal::
2634
2635 $ dmidecode -t 11
2636 Handle 0x0E00, DMI type 11, 5 bytes
2637 OEM Strings
2638 String 1: cloud-init:ds=nocloud-net;s=http://10.10.0.1:8000/
2639 String 2: anaconda:method=http://dl.fedoraproject.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/25/x86_64/os
2640 String 3: myapp:some extra data
2641
2642
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002643``-smbios type=17[,loc_pfx=str][,bank=str][,manufacturer=str][,serial=str][,asset=str][,part=str][,speed=%d]``
2644 Specify SMBIOS type 17 fields
Vincent Bernat05dfb442021-04-01 19:11:38 +02002645
2646``-smbios type=41[,designation=str][,kind=str][,instance=%d][,pcidev=str]``
2647 Specify SMBIOS type 41 fields
2648
2649 This argument can be repeated multiple times. Its main use is to allow network interfaces be created
2650 as ``enoX`` on Linux, with X being the instance number, instead of the name depending on the interface
2651 position on the PCI bus.
2652
2653 Here is an example of use:
2654
2655 .. parsed-literal::
2656
2657 -netdev user,id=internet \\
2658 -device virtio-net-pci,mac=50:54:00:00:00:42,netdev=internet,id=internet-dev \\
2659 -smbios type=41,designation='Onboard LAN',instance=1,kind=ethernet,pcidev=internet-dev
2660
2661 In the guest OS, the device should then appear as ``eno1``:
2662
2663 ..parsed-literal::
2664
2665 $ ip -brief l
2666 lo UNKNOWN 00:00:00:00:00:00 <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP>
2667 eno1 UP 50:54:00:00:00:42 <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP>
2668
2669 Currently, the PCI device has to be attached to the root bus.
2670
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002671ERST
aliguorib6f6e3d2009-04-17 18:59:56 +00002672
Markus Armbrusterc70a01e2013-02-13 19:49:40 +01002673DEFHEADING()
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002674
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02002675DEFHEADING(Network options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002676
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002677DEF("netdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_netdev,
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002678#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002679 "-netdev user,id=str[,ipv4=on|off][,net=addr[/mask]][,host=addr]\n"
2680 " [,ipv6=on|off][,ipv6-net=addr[/int]][,ipv6-host=addr]\n"
Samuel Thibault0b11c032016-03-20 12:29:54 +01002681 " [,restrict=on|off][,hostname=host][,dhcpstart=addr]\n"
Benjamin Drungf18d1372018-02-27 17:06:01 +01002682 " [,dns=addr][,ipv6-dns=addr][,dnssearch=domain][,domainname=domain]\n"
Fam Zheng0fca92b2018-09-14 15:26:16 +08002683 " [,tftp=dir][,tftp-server-name=name][,bootfile=f][,hostfwd=rule][,guestfwd=rule]"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002684#ifndef _WIN32
Jan Kiszkac92ef6a2009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002685 "[,smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]]\n"
Jan Kiszkaad196a92009-06-24 14:42:28 +02002686#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002687 " configure a user mode network backend with ID 'str',\n"
2688 " its DHCP server and optional services\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002689#endif
2690#ifdef _WIN32
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002691 "-netdev tap,id=str,ifname=name\n"
2692 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002693#else
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002694 "-netdev tap,id=str[,fd=h][,fds=x:y:...:z][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile]\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002695 " [,br=bridge][,helper=helper][,sndbuf=nbytes][,vnet_hdr=on|off][,vhost=on|off]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002696 " [,vhostfd=h][,vhostfds=x:y:...:z][,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002697 " [,poll-us=n]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002698 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str'\n"
Alexey Kardashevskiy584613e2016-09-13 17:11:54 +10002699 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002700 " use network scripts 'file' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_SCRIPT ")\n"
2701 " to configure it and 'dfile' (default=" DEFAULT_NETWORK_DOWN_SCRIPT ")\n"
2702 " to deconfigure it\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002703 " use '[down]script=no' to disable script execution\n"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002704 " use network helper 'helper' (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ") to\n"
2705 " configure it\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002706 " use 'fd=h' to connect to an already opened TAP interface\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002707 " use 'fds=x:y:...:z' to connect to already opened multiqueue capable TAP interfaces\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002708 " use 'sndbuf=nbytes' to limit the size of the send buffer (the\n"
Michael S. Tsirkinf157ed22011-02-01 14:25:40 +02002709 " default is disabled 'sndbuf=0' to enable flow control set 'sndbuf=1048576')\n"
Bruce Rogersca1a8a02010-01-06 12:33:57 -07002710 " use vnet_hdr=off to avoid enabling the IFF_VNET_HDR tap flag\n"
2711 " use vnet_hdr=on to make the lack of IFF_VNET_HDR support an error condition\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002712 " use vhost=on to enable experimental in kernel accelerator\n"
mst@redhat.com5430a282011-02-01 22:13:42 +02002713 " (only has effect for virtio guests which use MSIX)\n"
2714 " use vhostforce=on to force vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin82b0d802010-03-17 13:08:24 +02002715 " use 'vhostfd=h' to connect to an already opened vhost net device\n"
Jason Wang2ca81ba2013-02-20 18:04:01 +08002716 " use 'vhostfds=x:y:...:z to connect to multiple already opened vhost net devices\n"
Jason Wangec396012013-02-22 22:57:52 +08002717 " use 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for multiqueue TAP\n"
Michael Tokarevcba42d62021-03-09 14:15:10 +03002718 " use 'poll-us=n' to specify the maximum number of microseconds that could be\n"
Jason Wang69e87b32016-07-06 09:57:55 +08002719 " spent on busy polling for vhost net\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002720 "-netdev bridge,id=str[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]\n"
2721 " configure a host TAP network backend with ID 'str' that is\n"
2722 " connected to a bridge (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_INTERFACE ")\n"
2723 " using the program 'helper (default=" DEFAULT_BRIDGE_HELPER ")\n"
Mark McLoughlin0df0ff62009-06-18 18:21:34 +01002724#endif
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002725#ifdef __linux__
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002726 "-netdev l2tpv3,id=str,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00002727 " [,rxsession=rxsession],txsession=txsession[,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off]\n"
2728 " [,cookie64=on|off][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002729 " [,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]\n"
2730 " configure a network backend with ID 'str' connected to\n"
2731 " an Ethernet over L2TPv3 pseudowire.\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002732 " Linux kernel 3.3+ as well as most routers can talk\n"
Michael Tokarev2f47b402014-07-24 20:10:17 +04002733 " L2TPv3. This transport allows connecting a VM to a VM,\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002734 " VM to a router and even VM to Host. It is a nearly-universal\n"
Stefan Hajnoczi21843dc2020-02-29 11:17:27 +00002735 " standard (RFC3931). Note - this implementation uses static\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002736 " pre-configured tunnels (same as the Linux kernel).\n"
2737 " use 'src=' to specify source address\n"
2738 " use 'dst=' to specify destination address\n"
2739 " use 'udp=on' to specify udp encapsulation\n"
Gonglei39526512014-08-14 14:35:48 +08002740 " use 'srcport=' to specify source udp port\n"
Anton Ivanov3fb69aa2014-06-20 10:34:41 +01002741 " use 'dstport=' to specify destination udp port\n"
2742 " use 'ipv6=on' to force v6\n"
2743 " L2TPv3 uses cookies to prevent misconfiguration as\n"
2744 " well as a weak security measure\n"
2745 " use 'rxcookie=0x012345678' to specify a rxcookie\n"
2746 " use 'txcookie=0x012345678' to specify a txcookie\n"
2747 " use 'cookie64=on' to set cookie size to 64 bit, otherwise 32\n"
2748 " use 'counter=off' to force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter\n"
2749 " use 'pincounter=on' to work around broken counter handling in peer\n"
2750 " use 'offset=X' to add an extra offset between header and data\n"
2751#endif
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002752 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]\n"
2753 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2754 " using a socket connection\n"
2755 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]\n"
2756 " configure a network backend to connect to a multicast maddr and port\n"
Mike Ryan3a75e742010-12-01 11:16:47 -08002757 " use 'localaddr=addr' to specify the host address to send packets from\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002758 "-netdev socket,id=str[,fd=h][,udp=host:port][,localaddr=host:port]\n"
2759 " configure a network backend to connect to another network\n"
2760 " using an UDP tunnel\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002761#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002762 "-netdev vde,id=str[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]\n"
2763 " configure a network backend to connect to port 'n' of a vde switch\n"
2764 " running on host and listening for incoming connections on 'socketpath'.\n"
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00002765 " Use group 'groupname' and mode 'octalmode' to change default\n"
2766 " ownership and permissions for communication port.\n"
2767#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002768#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002769 "-netdev netmap,id=str,ifname=name[,devname=nmname]\n"
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002770 " attach to the existing netmap-enabled network interface 'name', or to a\n"
2771 " VALE port (created on the fly) called 'name' ('nmname' is name of the \n"
2772 " netmap device, defaults to '/dev/netmap')\n"
2773#endif
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002774#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002775 "-netdev vhost-user,id=str,chardev=dev[,vhostforce=on|off]\n"
2776 " configure a vhost-user network, backed by a chardev 'dev'\n"
Thomas Huth253dc142018-02-21 11:18:32 +01002777#endif
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08002778#ifdef __linux__
2779 "-netdev vhost-vdpa,id=str,vhostdev=/path/to/dev\n"
2780 " configure a vhost-vdpa network,Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev\n"
2781#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002782#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2783 "-netdev vmnet-host,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,net-uuid=uuid]\n"
2784 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2785 " configure a vmnet network backend in host mode with ID 'str',\n"
2786 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated',\n"
2787 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2788 " specify network UUID 'uuid' to disable DHCP and interact with\n"
2789 " vmnet-host interfaces within this isolated network\n"
2790 "-netdev vmnet-shared,id=str[,isolated=on|off][,nat66-prefix=addr]\n"
2791 " [,start-address=addr,end-address=addr,subnet-mask=mask]\n"
2792 " configure a vmnet network backend in shared mode with ID 'str',\n"
2793 " configure the address range and choose a subnet mask,\n"
2794 " set IPv6 ULA prefix (of length 64) to use for internal network,\n"
2795 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2796 "-netdev vmnet-bridged,id=str,ifname=name[,isolated=on|off]\n"
2797 " configure a vmnet network backend in bridged mode with ID 'str',\n"
2798 " use 'ifname=name' to select a physical network interface to be bridged,\n"
2799 " isolate this interface from others with 'isolated'\n"
2800#endif
Thomas Huth18d65d22018-01-15 20:50:55 +01002801 "-netdev hubport,id=str,hubid=n[,netdev=nd]\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002802 " configure a hub port on the hub with ID 'n'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002803DEF("nic", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_nic,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002804 "-nic [tap|bridge|"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002805#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2806 "user|"
2807#endif
2808#ifdef __linux__
2809 "l2tpv3|"
2810#endif
2811#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2812 "vde|"
2813#endif
2814#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2815 "netmap|"
2816#endif
2817#ifdef CONFIG_POSIX
2818 "vhost-user|"
2819#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002820#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2821 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2822#endif
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002823 "socket][,option][,...][mac=macaddr]\n"
2824 " initialize an on-board / default host NIC (using MAC address\n"
2825 " macaddr) and connect it to the given host network backend\n"
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02002826 "-nic none use it alone to have zero network devices (the default is to\n"
Thomas Huth78cd6f72018-02-21 11:18:36 +01002827 " provided a 'user' network connection)\n",
2828 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002829DEF("net", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_net,
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002830 "-net nic[,macaddr=mac][,model=type][,name=str][,addr=str][,vectors=v]\n"
Thomas Huth0e60a822017-12-19 16:28:55 +01002831 " configure or create an on-board (or machine default) NIC and\n"
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002832 " connect it to hub 0 (please use -nic unless you need a hub)\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002833 "-net ["
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002834#ifdef CONFIG_SLIRP
2835 "user|"
2836#endif
2837 "tap|"
Corey Bryanta7c36ee2012-01-26 09:42:27 -05002838 "bridge|"
Mark McLoughlina1ea4582009-10-08 19:58:26 +01002839#ifdef CONFIG_VDE
2840 "vde|"
2841#endif
Vincenzo Maffione58952132013-11-06 11:44:06 +01002842#ifdef CONFIG_NETMAP
2843 "netmap|"
2844#endif
Vladislav Yaroshchukb0290db2022-03-17 20:28:38 +03002845#ifdef CONFIG_VMNET
2846 "vmnet-host|vmnet-shared|vmnet-bridged|"
2847#endif
Thomas Huthaf1a5c32018-04-30 20:02:23 +02002848 "socket][,option][,option][,...]\n"
Thomas Huth6a8b4a52015-05-15 16:58:24 +02002849 " old way to initialize a host network interface\n"
2850 " (use the -netdev option if possible instead)\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002851SRST
2852``-nic [tap|bridge|user|l2tpv3|vde|netmap|vhost-user|socket][,...][,mac=macaddr][,model=mn]``
2853 This option is a shortcut for configuring both the on-board
2854 (default) guest NIC hardware and the host network backend in one go.
2855 The host backend options are the same as with the corresponding
2856 ``-netdev`` options below. The guest NIC model can be set with
2857 ``model=modelname``. Use ``model=help`` to list the available device
2858 types. The hardware MAC address can be set with ``mac=macaddr``.
2859
2860 The following two example do exactly the same, to show how ``-nic``
2861 can be used to shorten the command line length:
2862
2863 .. parsed-literal::
2864
2865 |qemu_system| -netdev user,id=n1,ipv6=off -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2866 |qemu_system| -nic user,ipv6=off,model=e1000,mac=52:54:98:76:54:32
2867
2868``-nic none``
2869 Indicate that no network devices should be configured. It is used to
2870 override the default configuration (default NIC with "user" host
2871 network backend) which is activated if no other networking options
2872 are provided.
2873
2874``-netdev user,id=id[,option][,option][,...]``
2875 Configure user mode host network backend which requires no
2876 administrator privilege to run. Valid options are:
2877
2878 ``id=id``
2879 Assign symbolic name for use in monitor commands.
2880
2881 ``ipv4=on|off and ipv6=on|off``
2882 Specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be enabled. If neither is
2883 specified both protocols are enabled.
2884
2885 ``net=addr[/mask]``
2886 Set IP network address the guest will see. Optionally specify
2887 the netmask, either in the form a.b.c.d or as number of valid
2888 top-most bits. Default is 10.0.2.0/24.
2889
2890 ``host=addr``
2891 Specify the guest-visible address of the host. Default is the
2892 2nd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.2.
2893
2894 ``ipv6-net=addr[/int]``
2895 Set IPv6 network address the guest will see (default is
2896 fec0::/64). The network prefix is given in the usual hexadecimal
2897 IPv6 address notation. The prefix size is optional, and is given
2898 as the number of valid top-most bits (default is 64).
2899
2900 ``ipv6-host=addr``
2901 Specify the guest-visible IPv6 address of the host. Default is
2902 the 2nd IPv6 in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::2.
2903
2904 ``restrict=on|off``
2905 If this option is enabled, the guest will be isolated, i.e. it
2906 will not be able to contact the host and no guest IP packets
2907 will be routed over the host to the outside. This option does
2908 not affect any explicitly set forwarding rules.
2909
2910 ``hostname=name``
2911 Specifies the client hostname reported by the built-in DHCP
2912 server.
2913
2914 ``dhcpstart=addr``
2915 Specify the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can
2916 assign. Default is the 15th to 31st IP in the guest network,
2917 i.e. x.x.x.15 to x.x.x.31.
2918
2919 ``dns=addr``
2920 Specify the guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver. The
2921 address must be different from the host address. Default is the
2922 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. x.x.x.3.
2923
2924 ``ipv6-dns=addr``
2925 Specify the guest-visible address of the IPv6 virtual
2926 nameserver. The address must be different from the host address.
2927 Default is the 3rd IP in the guest network, i.e. xxxx::3.
2928
2929 ``dnssearch=domain``
2930 Provides an entry for the domain-search list sent by the
2931 built-in DHCP server. More than one domain suffix can be
2932 transmitted by specifying this option multiple times. If
2933 supported, this will cause the guest to automatically try to
2934 append the given domain suffix(es) in case a domain name can not
2935 be resolved.
2936
2937 Example:
2938
2939 .. parsed-literal::
2940
2941 |qemu_system| -nic user,dnssearch=mgmt.example.org,dnssearch=example.org
2942
2943 ``domainname=domain``
2944 Specifies the client domain name reported by the built-in DHCP
2945 server.
2946
2947 ``tftp=dir``
2948 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in TFTP
2949 server. The files in dir will be exposed as the root of a TFTP
2950 server. The TFTP client on the guest must be configured in
2951 binary mode (use the command ``bin`` of the Unix TFTP client).
2952
2953 ``tftp-server-name=name``
2954 In BOOTP reply, broadcast name as the "TFTP server name"
2955 (RFC2132 option 66). This can be used to advise the guest to
2956 load boot files or configurations from a different server than
2957 the host address.
2958
2959 ``bootfile=file``
2960 When using the user mode network stack, broadcast file as the
2961 BOOTP filename. In conjunction with ``tftp``, this can be used
2962 to network boot a guest from a local directory.
2963
2964 Example (using pxelinux):
2965
2966 .. parsed-literal::
2967
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02002968 |qemu_system| -hda linux.img -boot n -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00002969 -netdev user,id=n1,tftp=/path/to/tftp/files,bootfile=/pxelinux.0
2970
2971 ``smb=dir[,smbserver=addr]``
2972 When using the user mode network stack, activate a built-in SMB
2973 server so that Windows OSes can access to the host files in
2974 ``dir`` transparently. The IP address of the SMB server can be
2975 set to addr. By default the 4th IP in the guest network is used,
2976 i.e. x.x.x.4.
2977
2978 In the guest Windows OS, the line:
2979
2980 ::
2981
2982 10.0.2.4 smbserver
2983
2984 must be added in the file ``C:\WINDOWS\LMHOSTS`` (for windows
2985 9x/Me) or ``C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC\LMHOSTS`` (Windows
2986 NT/2000).
2987
2988 Then ``dir`` can be accessed in ``\\smbserver\qemu``.
2989
2990 Note that a SAMBA server must be installed on the host OS.
2991
2992 ``hostfwd=[tcp|udp]:[hostaddr]:hostport-[guestaddr]:guestport``
2993 Redirect incoming TCP or UDP connections to the host port
2994 hostport to the guest IP address guestaddr on guest port
2995 guestport. If guestaddr is not specified, its value is x.x.x.15
2996 (default first address given by the built-in DHCP server). By
2997 specifying hostaddr, the rule can be bound to a specific host
2998 interface. If no connection type is set, TCP is used. This
2999 option can be given multiple times.
3000
3001 For example, to redirect host X11 connection from screen 1 to
3002 guest screen 0, use the following:
3003
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003004 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003005
3006 # on the host
3007 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp:127.0.0.1:6001-:6000
3008 # this host xterm should open in the guest X11 server
3009 xterm -display :1
3010
3011 To redirect telnet connections from host port 5555 to telnet
3012 port on the guest, use the following:
3013
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003014 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003015
3016 # on the host
3017 |qemu_system| -nic user,hostfwd=tcp::5555-:23
3018 telnet localhost 5555
3019
3020 Then when you use on the host ``telnet localhost 5555``, you
3021 connect to the guest telnet server.
3022
3023 ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-dev``; \ ``guestfwd=[tcp]:server:port-cmd:command``
3024 Forward guest TCP connections to the IP address server on port
3025 port to the character device dev or to a program executed by
3026 cmd:command which gets spawned for each connection. This option
3027 can be given multiple times.
3028
3029 You can either use a chardev directly and have that one used
3030 throughout QEMU's lifetime, like in the following example:
3031
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003032 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003033
3034 # open 10.10.1.1:4321 on bootup, connect 10.0.2.100:1234 to it whenever
3035 # the guest accesses it
3036 |qemu_system| -nic user,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-tcp:10.10.1.1:4321
3037
3038 Or you can execute a command on every TCP connection established
3039 by the guest, so that QEMU behaves similar to an inetd process
3040 for that virtual server:
3041
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003042 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003043
3044 # call "netcat 10.10.1.1 4321" on every TCP connection to 10.0.2.100:1234
3045 # and connect the TCP stream to its stdin/stdout
3046 |qemu_system| -nic 'user,id=n1,guestfwd=tcp:10.0.2.100:1234-cmd:netcat 10.10.1.1 4321'
3047
3048``-netdev tap,id=id[,fd=h][,ifname=name][,script=file][,downscript=dfile][,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3049 Configure a host TAP network backend with ID id.
3050
3051 Use the network script file to configure it and the network script
3052 dfile to deconfigure it. If name is not provided, the OS
3053 automatically provides one. The default network configure script is
3054 ``/etc/qemu-ifup`` and the default network deconfigure script is
3055 ``/etc/qemu-ifdown``. Use ``script=no`` or ``downscript=no`` to
3056 disable script execution.
3057
3058 If running QEMU as an unprivileged user, use the network helper
Tianjia Zhang8d73ec82020-07-27 12:59:25 +08003059 to configure the TAP interface and attach it to the bridge.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003060 The default network helper executable is
3061 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3062 ``br0``.
3063
3064 ``fd``\ =h can be used to specify the handle of an already opened
3065 host TAP interface.
3066
3067 Examples:
3068
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003069 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003070
3071 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network script
3072 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic tap
3073
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003074 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003075
3076 #launch a QEMU instance with two NICs, each one connected
3077 #to a TAP device
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003078 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3079 -netdev tap,id=nd0,ifname=tap0 -device e1000,netdev=nd0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003080 -netdev tap,id=nd1,ifname=tap1 -device rtl8139,netdev=nd1
3081
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003082 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003083
3084 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3085 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003086 |qemu_system| linux.img -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003087 -netdev tap,id=n1,"helper=/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper"
3088
3089``-netdev bridge,id=id[,br=bridge][,helper=helper]``
3090 Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.
3091
3092 Use the network helper helper to configure the TAP interface and
3093 attach it to the bridge. The default network helper executable is
3094 ``/path/to/qemu-bridge-helper`` and the default bridge device is
3095 ``br0``.
3096
3097 Examples:
3098
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003099 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003100
3101 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3102 #connect a TAP device to bridge br0
3103 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3104
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003105 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003106
3107 #launch a QEMU instance with the default network helper to
3108 #connect a TAP device to bridge qemubr0
3109 |qemu_system| linux.img -netdev bridge,br=qemubr0,id=n1 -device virtio-net,netdev=n1
3110
3111``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,listen=[host]:port][,connect=host:port]``
3112 This host network backend can be used to connect the guest's network
3113 to another QEMU virtual machine using a TCP socket connection. If
3114 ``listen`` is specified, QEMU waits for incoming connections on port
3115 (host is optional). ``connect`` is used to connect to another QEMU
3116 instance using the ``listen`` option. ``fd``\ =h specifies an
3117 already opened TCP socket.
3118
3119 Example:
3120
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003121 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003122
3123 # launch a first QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003124 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3125 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003126 -netdev socket,id=n1,listen=:1234
3127 # connect the network of this instance to the network of the first instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003128 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3129 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003130 -netdev socket,id=n2,connect=127.0.0.1:1234
3131
3132``-netdev socket,id=id[,fd=h][,mcast=maddr:port[,localaddr=addr]]``
3133 Configure a socket host network backend to share the guest's network
3134 traffic with another QEMU virtual machines using a UDP multicast
3135 socket, effectively making a bus for every QEMU with same multicast
3136 address maddr and port. NOTES:
3137
3138 1. Several QEMU can be running on different hosts and share same bus
3139 (assuming correct multicast setup for these hosts).
3140
3141 2. mcast support is compatible with User Mode Linux (argument
3142 ``ethN=mcast``), see http://user-mode-linux.sf.net.
3143
3144 3. Use ``fd=h`` to specify an already opened UDP multicast socket.
3145
3146 Example:
3147
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003148 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003149
3150 # launch one QEMU instance
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003151 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3152 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003153 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3154 # launch another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003155 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3156 -device e1000,netdev=n2,mac=52:54:00:12:34:57 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003157 -netdev socket,id=n2,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3158 # launch yet another QEMU instance on same "bus"
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003159 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3160 -device e1000,netdev=n3,mac=52:54:00:12:34:58 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003161 -netdev socket,id=n3,mcast=230.0.0.1:1234
3162
3163 Example (User Mode Linux compat.):
3164
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003165 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003166
3167 # launch QEMU instance (note mcast address selected is UML's default)
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003168 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3169 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003170 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102
3171 # launch UML
3172 /path/to/linux ubd0=/path/to/root_fs eth0=mcast
3173
3174 Example (send packets from host's 1.2.3.4):
3175
3176 .. parsed-literal::
3177
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003178 |qemu_system| linux.img \\
3179 -device e1000,netdev=n1,mac=52:54:00:12:34:56 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003180 -netdev socket,id=n1,mcast=239.192.168.1:1102,localaddr=1.2.3.4
3181
Daniel P. Berrangé8b0dc242021-02-16 19:10:21 +00003182``-netdev l2tpv3,id=id,src=srcaddr,dst=dstaddr[,srcport=srcport][,dstport=dstport],txsession=txsession[,rxsession=rxsession][,ipv6=on|off][,udp=on|off][,cookie64][,counter][,pincounter][,txcookie=txcookie][,rxcookie=rxcookie][,offset=offset]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003183 Configure a L2TPv3 pseudowire host network backend. L2TPv3 (RFC3931)
3184 is a popular protocol to transport Ethernet (and other Layer 2) data
3185 frames between two systems. It is present in routers, firewalls and
3186 the Linux kernel (from version 3.3 onwards).
3187
3188 This transport allows a VM to communicate to another VM, router or
3189 firewall directly.
3190
3191 ``src=srcaddr``
3192 source address (mandatory)
3193
3194 ``dst=dstaddr``
3195 destination address (mandatory)
3196
3197 ``udp``
3198 select udp encapsulation (default is ip).
3199
3200 ``srcport=srcport``
3201 source udp port.
3202
3203 ``dstport=dstport``
3204 destination udp port.
3205
3206 ``ipv6``
3207 force v6, otherwise defaults to v4.
3208
3209 ``rxcookie=rxcookie``; \ ``txcookie=txcookie``
3210 Cookies are a weak form of security in the l2tpv3 specification.
3211 Their function is mostly to prevent misconfiguration. By default
3212 they are 32 bit.
3213
3214 ``cookie64``
3215 Set cookie size to 64 bit instead of the default 32
3216
3217 ``counter=off``
3218 Force a 'cut-down' L2TPv3 with no counter as in
3219 draft-mkonstan-l2tpext-keyed-ipv6-tunnel-00
3220
3221 ``pincounter=on``
3222 Work around broken counter handling in peer. This may also help
3223 on networks which have packet reorder.
3224
3225 ``offset=offset``
3226 Add an extra offset between header and data
3227
3228 For example, to attach a VM running on host 4.3.2.1 via L2TPv3 to
3229 the bridge br-lan on the remote Linux host 1.2.3.4:
3230
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003231 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003232
3233 # Setup tunnel on linux host using raw ip as encapsulation
3234 # on 1.2.3.4
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003235 ip l2tp add tunnel remote 4.3.2.1 local 1.2.3.4 tunnel_id 1 peer_tunnel_id 1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003236 encap udp udp_sport 16384 udp_dport 16384
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003237 ip l2tp add session tunnel_id 1 name vmtunnel0 session_id \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003238 0xFFFFFFFF peer_session_id 0xFFFFFFFF
3239 ifconfig vmtunnel0 mtu 1500
3240 ifconfig vmtunnel0 up
3241 brctl addif br-lan vmtunnel0
3242
3243
3244 # on 4.3.2.1
3245 # launch QEMU instance - if your network has reorder or is very lossy add ,pincounter
3246
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02003247 |qemu_system| linux.img -device e1000,netdev=n1 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003248 -netdev l2tpv3,id=n1,src=4.2.3.1,dst=1.2.3.4,udp,srcport=16384,dstport=16384,rxsession=0xffffffff,txsession=0xffffffff,counter
3249
3250``-netdev vde,id=id[,sock=socketpath][,port=n][,group=groupname][,mode=octalmode]``
3251 Configure VDE backend to connect to PORT n of a vde switch running
3252 on host and listening for incoming connections on socketpath. Use
3253 GROUP groupname and MODE octalmode to change default ownership and
3254 permissions for communication port. This option is only available if
3255 QEMU has been compiled with vde support enabled.
3256
3257 Example:
3258
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003259 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003260
3261 # launch vde switch
3262 vde_switch -F -sock /tmp/myswitch
3263 # launch QEMU instance
3264 |qemu_system| linux.img -nic vde,sock=/tmp/myswitch
3265
3266``-netdev vhost-user,chardev=id[,vhostforce=on|off][,queues=n]``
3267 Establish a vhost-user netdev, backed by a chardev id. The chardev
3268 should be a unix domain socket backed one. The vhost-user uses a
3269 specifically defined protocol to pass vhost ioctl replacement
3270 messages to an application on the other end of the socket. On
3271 non-MSIX guests, the feature can be forced with vhostforce. Use
3272 'queues=n' to specify the number of queues to be created for
3273 multiqueue vhost-user.
3274
3275 Example:
3276
3277 ::
3278
3279 qemu -m 512 -object memory-backend-file,id=mem,size=512M,mem-path=/hugetlbfs,share=on \
3280 -numa node,memdev=mem \
3281 -chardev socket,id=chr0,path=/path/to/socket \
3282 -netdev type=vhost-user,id=net0,chardev=chr0 \
3283 -device virtio-net-pci,netdev=net0
3284
Cindy Lu108a6482020-07-01 22:55:37 +08003285``-netdev vhost-vdpa,vhostdev=/path/to/dev``
3286 Establish a vhost-vdpa netdev.
3287
3288 vDPA device is a device that uses a datapath which complies with
3289 the virtio specifications with a vendor specific control path.
3290 vDPA devices can be both physically located on the hardware or
3291 emulated by software.
3292
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003293``-netdev hubport,id=id,hubid=hubid[,netdev=nd]``
3294 Create a hub port on the emulated hub with ID hubid.
3295
3296 The hubport netdev lets you connect a NIC to a QEMU emulated hub
3297 instead of a single netdev. Alternatively, you can also connect the
3298 hubport to another netdev with ID nd by using the ``netdev=nd``
3299 option.
3300
3301``-net nic[,netdev=nd][,macaddr=mac][,model=type] [,name=name][,addr=addr][,vectors=v]``
3302 Legacy option to configure or create an on-board (or machine
3303 default) Network Interface Card(NIC) and connect it either to the
3304 emulated hub with ID 0 (i.e. the default hub), or to the netdev nd.
3305 If model is omitted, then the default NIC model associated with the
3306 machine type is used. Note that the default NIC model may change in
3307 future QEMU releases, so it is highly recommended to always specify
3308 a model. Optionally, the MAC address can be changed to mac, the
3309 device address set to addr (PCI cards only), and a name can be
3310 assigned for use in monitor commands. Optionally, for PCI cards, you
3311 can specify the number v of MSI-X vectors that the card should have;
3312 this option currently only affects virtio cards; set v = 0 to
3313 disable MSI-X. If no ``-net`` option is specified, a single NIC is
3314 created. QEMU can emulate several different models of network card.
3315 Use ``-net nic,model=help`` for a list of available devices for your
3316 target.
3317
3318``-net user|tap|bridge|socket|l2tpv3|vde[,...][,name=name]``
3319 Configure a host network backend (with the options corresponding to
3320 the same ``-netdev`` option) and connect it to the emulated hub 0
3321 (the default hub). Use name to specify the name of the hub port.
3322ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003323
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003324DEFHEADING()
3325
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003326DEFHEADING(Character device options:)
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003327
3328DEF("chardev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chardev,
Lin Ma517b3d42016-08-17 01:13:52 +08003329 "-chardev help\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003330 "-chardev null,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Markus Armbrusterba858d12021-09-28 09:14:49 +02003331 "-chardev socket,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003332 " [,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangefd4a5fd2019-03-08 15:21:50 +00003333 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,tls-creds=ID][,tls-authz=ID] (tcp)\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003334 "-chardev socket,id=id,path=path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]\n"
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003335 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off][,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off] (unix)\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003336 "-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr]\n"
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003337 " [,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,mux=on|off]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003338 " [,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3339 "-chardev msmouse,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003340 "-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]\n"
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003341 " [,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3342 "-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3343 "-chardev file,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3344 "-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003345#ifdef _WIN32
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003346 "-chardev console,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3347 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003348#else
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003349 "-chardev pty,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3350 "-chardev stdio,id=id[,mux=on|off][,signal=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003351#endif
3352#ifdef CONFIG_BRLAPI
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003353 "-chardev braille,id=id[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003354#endif
3355#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__sun__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) \
3356 || defined(__NetBSD__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003357 "-chardev serial,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3358 "-chardev tty,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003359#endif
3360#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003361 "-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3362 "-chardev parport,id=id,path=path[,mux=on|off][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003363#endif
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003364#if defined(CONFIG_SPICE)
Daniel P. Berranged0d77082016-01-11 12:44:41 +00003365 "-chardev spicevmc,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
3366 "-chardev spiceport,id=id,name=name[,debug=debug][,logfile=PATH][,logappend=on|off]\n"
Alon Levycbcc6332011-01-19 10:49:50 +02003367#endif
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003368 , QEMU_ARCH_ALL
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003369)
3370
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003371SRST
3372The general form of a character device option is:
3373
3374``-chardev backend,id=id[,mux=on|off][,options]``
3375 Backend is one of: ``null``, ``socket``, ``udp``, ``msmouse``,
3376 ``vc``, ``ringbuf``, ``file``, ``pipe``, ``console``, ``serial``,
3377 ``pty``, ``stdio``, ``braille``, ``tty``, ``parallel``, ``parport``,
3378 ``spicevmc``, ``spiceport``. The specific backend will determine the
3379 applicable options.
3380
3381 Use ``-chardev help`` to print all available chardev backend types.
3382
3383 All devices must have an id, which can be any string up to 127
3384 characters long. It is used to uniquely identify this device in
3385 other command line directives.
3386
3387 A character device may be used in multiplexing mode by multiple
3388 front-ends. Specify ``mux=on`` to enable this mode. A multiplexer is
3389 a "1:N" device, and here the "1" end is your specified chardev
3390 backend, and the "N" end is the various parts of QEMU that can talk
3391 to a chardev. If you create a chardev with ``id=myid`` and
3392 ``mux=on``, QEMU will create a multiplexer with your specified ID,
3393 and you can then configure multiple front ends to use that chardev
3394 ID for their input/output. Up to four different front ends can be
3395 connected to a single multiplexed chardev. (Without multiplexing
3396 enabled, a chardev can only be used by a single front end.) For
3397 instance you could use this to allow a single stdio chardev to be
3398 used by two serial ports and the QEMU monitor:
3399
3400 ::
3401
3402 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3403 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3404 -serial chardev:char0 \
3405 -serial chardev:char0
3406
3407 You can have more than one multiplexer in a system configuration;
3408 for instance you could have a TCP port multiplexed between UART 0
3409 and UART 1, and stdio multiplexed between the QEMU monitor and a
3410 parallel port:
3411
3412 ::
3413
3414 -chardev stdio,mux=on,id=char0 \
3415 -mon chardev=char0,mode=readline \
3416 -parallel chardev:char0 \
3417 -chardev tcp,...,mux=on,id=char1 \
3418 -serial chardev:char1 \
3419 -serial chardev:char1
3420
3421 When you're using a multiplexed character device, some escape
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01003422 sequences are interpreted in the input. See the chapter about
3423 :ref:`keys in the character backend multiplexer` in the
3424 System Emulation Users Guide for more details.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003425
3426 Note that some other command line options may implicitly create
3427 multiplexed character backends; for instance ``-serial mon:stdio``
3428 creates a multiplexed stdio backend connected to the serial port and
3429 the QEMU monitor, and ``-nographic`` also multiplexes the console
3430 and the monitor to stdio.
3431
3432 There is currently no support for multiplexing in the other
3433 direction (where a single QEMU front end takes input and output from
3434 multiple chardevs).
3435
3436 Every backend supports the ``logfile`` option, which supplies the
3437 path to a file to record all data transmitted via the backend. The
3438 ``logappend`` option controls whether the log file will be truncated
3439 or appended to when opened.
3440
3441The available backends are:
3442
3443``-chardev null,id=id``
3444 A void device. This device will not emit any data, and will drop any
3445 data it receives. The null backend does not take any options.
3446
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003447``-chardev socket,id=id[,TCP options or unix options][,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,telnet=on|off][,websocket=on|off][,reconnect=seconds][,tls-creds=id][,tls-authz=id]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003448 Create a two-way stream socket, which can be either a TCP or a unix
3449 socket. A unix socket will be created if ``path`` is specified.
3450 Behaviour is undefined if TCP options are specified for a unix
3451 socket.
3452
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003453 ``server=on|off`` specifies that the socket shall be a listening socket.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003454
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003455 ``wait=on|off`` specifies that QEMU should not block waiting for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003456 to connect to a listening socket.
3457
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003458 ``telnet=on|off`` specifies that traffic on the socket should interpret
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003459 telnet escape sequences.
3460
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003461 ``websocket=on|off`` specifies that the socket uses WebSocket protocol for
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003462 communication.
3463
3464 ``reconnect`` sets the timeout for reconnecting on non-server
3465 sockets when the remote end goes away. qemu will delay this many
3466 seconds and then attempt to reconnect. Zero disables reconnecting,
3467 and is the default.
3468
3469 ``tls-creds`` requests enablement of the TLS protocol for
3470 encryption, and specifies the id of the TLS credentials to use for
3471 the handshake. The credentials must be previously created with the
3472 ``-object tls-creds`` argument.
3473
3474 ``tls-auth`` provides the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object
3475 against which the client's x509 distinguished name will be
3476 validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so can be
3477 deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.
3478 If missing, it will default to denying access.
3479
3480 TCP and unix socket options are given below:
3481
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003482 ``TCP options: port=port[,host=host][,to=to][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003483 ``host`` for a listening socket specifies the local address to
3484 be bound. For a connecting socket species the remote host to
3485 connect to. ``host`` is optional for listening sockets. If not
3486 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3487
3488 ``port`` for a listening socket specifies the local port to be
3489 bound. For a connecting socket specifies the port on the remote
3490 host to connect to. ``port`` can be given as either a port
3491 number or a service name. ``port`` is required.
3492
3493 ``to`` is only relevant to listening sockets. If it is
3494 specified, and ``port`` cannot be bound, QEMU will attempt to
3495 bind to subsequent ports up to and including ``to`` until it
3496 succeeds. ``to`` must be specified as a port number.
3497
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003498 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4
3499 or IPv6 must be used. If neither is specified the socket may
3500 use either protocol.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003501
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01003502 ``nodelay=on|off`` disables the Nagle algorithm.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003503
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003504 ``unix options: path=path[,abstract=on|off][,tight=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003505 ``path`` specifies the local path of the unix socket. ``path``
3506 is required.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003507 ``abstract=on|off`` specifies the use of the abstract socket namespace,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003508 rather than the filesystem. Optional, defaults to false.
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003509 ``tight=on|off`` sets the socket length of abstract sockets to their minimum,
xiaoqiang zhaoe3392732020-05-16 11:13:27 +08003510 rather than the full sun_path length. Optional, defaults to true.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003511
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003512``-chardev udp,id=id[,host=host],port=port[,localaddr=localaddr][,localport=localport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003513 Sends all traffic from the guest to a remote host over UDP.
3514
3515 ``host`` specifies the remote host to connect to. If not specified
3516 it defaults to ``localhost``.
3517
3518 ``port`` specifies the port on the remote host to connect to.
3519 ``port`` is required.
3520
3521 ``localaddr`` specifies the local address to bind to. If not
3522 specified it defaults to ``0.0.0.0``.
3523
3524 ``localport`` specifies the local port to bind to. If not specified
3525 any available local port will be used.
3526
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00003527 ``ipv4=on|off`` and ``ipv6=on|off`` specify that either IPv4 or IPv6 must be used.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003528 If neither is specified the device may use either protocol.
3529
3530``-chardev msmouse,id=id``
3531 Forward QEMU's emulated msmouse events to the guest. ``msmouse``
3532 does not take any options.
3533
3534``-chardev vc,id=id[[,width=width][,height=height]][[,cols=cols][,rows=rows]]``
3535 Connect to a QEMU text console. ``vc`` may optionally be given a
3536 specific size.
3537
3538 ``width`` and ``height`` specify the width and height respectively
3539 of the console, in pixels.
3540
3541 ``cols`` and ``rows`` specify that the console be sized to fit a
3542 text console with the given dimensions.
3543
3544``-chardev ringbuf,id=id[,size=size]``
3545 Create a ring buffer with fixed size ``size``. size must be a power
3546 of two and defaults to ``64K``.
3547
3548``-chardev file,id=id,path=path``
3549 Log all traffic received from the guest to a file.
3550
3551 ``path`` specifies the path of the file to be opened. This file will
3552 be created if it does not already exist, and overwritten if it does.
3553 ``path`` is required.
3554
3555``-chardev pipe,id=id,path=path``
3556 Create a two-way connection to the guest. The behaviour differs
3557 slightly between Windows hosts and other hosts:
3558
3559 On Windows, a single duplex pipe will be created at
3560 ``\\.pipe\path``.
3561
3562 On other hosts, 2 pipes will be created called ``path.in`` and
3563 ``path.out``. Data written to ``path.in`` will be received by the
3564 guest. Data written by the guest can be read from ``path.out``. QEMU
3565 will not create these fifos, and requires them to be present.
3566
3567 ``path`` forms part of the pipe path as described above. ``path`` is
3568 required.
3569
3570``-chardev console,id=id``
3571 Send traffic from the guest to QEMU's standard output. ``console``
3572 does not take any options.
3573
3574 ``console`` is only available on Windows hosts.
3575
3576``-chardev serial,id=id,path=path``
3577 Send traffic from the guest to a serial device on the host.
3578
3579 On Unix hosts serial will actually accept any tty device, not only
3580 serial lines.
3581
3582 ``path`` specifies the name of the serial device to open.
3583
3584``-chardev pty,id=id``
3585 Create a new pseudo-terminal on the host and connect to it. ``pty``
3586 does not take any options.
3587
3588 ``pty`` is not available on Windows hosts.
3589
3590``-chardev stdio,id=id[,signal=on|off]``
3591 Connect to standard input and standard output of the QEMU process.
3592
3593 ``signal`` controls if signals are enabled on the terminal, that
3594 includes exiting QEMU with the key sequence Control-c. This option
3595 is enabled by default, use ``signal=off`` to disable it.
3596
3597``-chardev braille,id=id``
3598 Connect to a local BrlAPI server. ``braille`` does not take any
3599 options.
3600
3601``-chardev tty,id=id,path=path``
3602 ``tty`` is only available on Linux, Sun, FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD
3603 and DragonFlyBSD hosts. It is an alias for ``serial``.
3604
3605 ``path`` specifies the path to the tty. ``path`` is required.
3606
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00003607``-chardev parallel,id=id,path=path``
3608 \
3609``-chardev parport,id=id,path=path``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003610 ``parallel`` is only available on Linux, FreeBSD and DragonFlyBSD
3611 hosts.
3612
3613 Connect to a local parallel port.
3614
3615 ``path`` specifies the path to the parallel port device. ``path`` is
3616 required.
3617
3618``-chardev spicevmc,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3619 ``spicevmc`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3620
3621 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3622
3623 ``name`` name of spice channel to connect to
3624
3625 Connect to a spice virtual machine channel, such as vdiport.
3626
3627``-chardev spiceport,id=id,debug=debug,name=name``
3628 ``spiceport`` is only available when spice support is built in.
3629
3630 ``debug`` debug level for spicevmc
3631
3632 ``name`` name of spice port to connect to
3633
3634 Connect to a spice port, allowing a Spice client to handle the
3635 traffic identified by a name (preferably a fqdn).
3636ERST
Matthew Booth7273a2d2009-10-30 13:41:12 +00003637
3638DEFHEADING()
3639
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003640#ifdef CONFIG_TPM
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003641DEFHEADING(TPM device options:)
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003642
3643DEF("tpmdev", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_tpmdev, \
Stefan Berger92dcc232013-02-27 12:47:54 -05003644 "-tpmdev passthrough,id=id[,path=path][,cancel-path=path]\n"
3645 " use path to provide path to a character device; default is /dev/tpm0\n"
3646 " use cancel-path to provide path to TPM's cancel sysfs entry; if\n"
Amarnath Vallurif4ede812017-09-29 14:10:20 +03003647 " not provided it will be searched for in /sys/class/misc/tpm?/device\n"
3648 "-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev\n"
3649 " configure the TPM device using chardev backend\n",
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003650 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003651SRST
3652The general form of a TPM device option is:
3653
3654``-tpmdev backend,id=id[,options]``
3655 The specific backend type will determine the applicable options. The
3656 ``-tpmdev`` option creates the TPM backend and requires a
3657 ``-device`` option that specifies the TPM frontend interface model.
3658
3659 Use ``-tpmdev help`` to print all available TPM backend types.
3660
3661The available backends are:
3662
3663``-tpmdev passthrough,id=id,path=path,cancel-path=cancel-path``
3664 (Linux-host only) Enable access to the host's TPM using the
3665 passthrough driver.
3666
3667 ``path`` specifies the path to the host's TPM device, i.e., on a
3668 Linux host this would be ``/dev/tpm0``. ``path`` is optional and by
3669 default ``/dev/tpm0`` is used.
3670
3671 ``cancel-path`` specifies the path to the host TPM device's sysfs
3672 entry allowing for cancellation of an ongoing TPM command.
3673 ``cancel-path`` is optional and by default QEMU will search for the
3674 sysfs entry to use.
3675
3676 Some notes about using the host's TPM with the passthrough driver:
3677
3678 The TPM device accessed by the passthrough driver must not be used
3679 by any other application on the host.
3680
3681 Since the host's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) has already initialized the
3682 TPM, the VM's firmware (BIOS/UEFI) will not be able to initialize
3683 the TPM again and may therefore not show a TPM-specific menu that
3684 would otherwise allow the user to configure the TPM, e.g., allow the
3685 user to enable/disable or activate/deactivate the TPM. Further, if
3686 TPM ownership is released from within a VM then the host's TPM will
3687 get disabled and deactivated. To enable and activate the TPM again
3688 afterwards, the host has to be rebooted and the user is required to
3689 enter the firmware's menu to enable and activate the TPM. If the TPM
3690 is left disabled and/or deactivated most TPM commands will fail.
3691
3692 To create a passthrough TPM use the following two options:
3693
3694 ::
3695
3696 -tpmdev passthrough,id=tpm0 -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3697
3698 Note that the ``-tpmdev`` id is ``tpm0`` and is referenced by
3699 ``tpmdev=tpm0`` in the device option.
3700
3701``-tpmdev emulator,id=id,chardev=dev``
3702 (Linux-host only) Enable access to a TPM emulator using Unix domain
3703 socket based chardev backend.
3704
3705 ``chardev`` specifies the unique ID of a character device backend
3706 that provides connection to the software TPM server.
3707
3708 To create a TPM emulator backend device with chardev socket backend:
3709
3710 ::
3711
3712 -chardev socket,id=chrtpm,path=/tmp/swtpm-sock -tpmdev emulator,id=tpm0,chardev=chrtpm -device tpm-tis,tpmdev=tpm0
3713ERST
Stefan Bergerd1a0cf72013-02-27 12:47:49 -05003714
3715DEFHEADING()
3716
3717#endif
3718
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003719DEFHEADING(Boot Image or Kernel specific:)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003720SRST
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003721There are broadly 4 ways you can boot a system with QEMU.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003722
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003723 - specify a firmware and let it control finding a kernel
3724 - specify a firmware and pass a hint to the kernel to boot
3725 - direct kernel image boot
3726 - manually load files into the guest's address space
3727
3728The third method is useful for quickly testing kernels but as there is
3729no firmware to pass configuration information to the kernel the
3730hardware must either be probeable, the kernel built for the exact
3731configuration or passed some configuration data (e.g. a DTB blob)
3732which tells the kernel what drivers it needs. This exact details are
3733often hardware specific.
3734
3735The final method is the most generic way of loading images into the
3736guest address space and used mostly for ``bare metal`` type
3737development where the reset vectors of the processor are taken into
3738account.
3739
3740ERST
3741
3742SRST
3743
3744For x86 machines and some other architectures ``-bios`` will generally
3745do the right thing with whatever it is given. For other machines the
3746more strict ``-pflash`` option needs an image that is sized for the
3747flash device for the given machine type.
3748
3749Please see the :ref:`system-targets-ref` section of the manual for
3750more detailed documentation.
3751
3752ERST
3753
3754DEF("bios", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_bios, \
3755 "-bios file set the filename for the BIOS\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3756SRST
3757``-bios file``
3758 Set the filename for the BIOS.
3759ERST
3760
3761DEF("pflash", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pflash,
3762 "-pflash file use 'file' as a parallel flash image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3763SRST
3764``-pflash file``
3765 Use file as a parallel flash image.
3766ERST
3767
3768SRST
3769
3770The kernel options were designed to work with Linux kernels although
3771other things (like hypervisors) can be packaged up as a kernel
3772executable image. The exact format of a executable image is usually
3773architecture specific.
3774
3775The way in which the kernel is started (what address it is loaded at,
3776what if any information is passed to it via CPU registers, the state
3777of the hardware when it is started, and so on) is also architecture
3778specific. Typically it follows the specification laid down by the
3779Linux kernel for how kernels for that architecture must be started.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003780
3781ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003782
3783DEF("kernel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_kernel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003784 "-kernel bzImage use 'bzImage' as kernel image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003785SRST
3786``-kernel bzImage``
3787 Use bzImage as kernel image. The kernel can be either a Linux kernel
3788 or in multiboot format.
3789ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003790
3791DEF("append", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_append, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003792 "-append cmdline use 'cmdline' as kernel command line\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003793SRST
3794``-append cmdline``
3795 Use cmdline as kernel command line
3796ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003797
3798DEF("initrd", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_initrd, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003799 "-initrd file use 'file' as initial ram disk\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003800SRST
3801``-initrd file``
3802 Use file as initial ram disk.
3803
3804``-initrd "file1 arg=foo,file2"``
3805 This syntax is only available with multiboot.
3806
3807 Use file1 and file2 as modules and pass arg=foo as parameter to the
3808 first module.
3809ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003810
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003811DEF("dtb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dtb, \
Peter A. G. Crosthwaite379b5c72012-03-04 21:03:54 +10003812 "-dtb file use 'file' as device tree image\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003813SRST
3814``-dtb file``
3815 Use file as a device tree binary (dtb) image and pass it to the
3816 kernel on boot.
3817ERST
Grant Likely412beee2012-03-02 11:56:38 +00003818
Alex Bennée1235cf72022-07-25 15:05:20 +01003819SRST
3820
3821Finally you can also manually load images directly into the address
3822space of the guest. This is most useful for developers who already
3823know the layout of their guest and take care to ensure something sane
3824will happen when the reset vector executes.
3825
3826The generic loader can be invoked by using the loader device:
3827
3828``-device loader,addr=<addr>,data=<data>,data-len=<data-len>[,data-be=<data-be>][,cpu-num=<cpu-num>]``
3829
3830there is also the guest loader which operates in a similar way but
3831tweaks the DTB so a hypervisor loaded via ``-kernel`` can find where
3832the guest image is:
3833
3834``-device guest-loader,addr=<addr>[,kernel=<path>,[bootargs=<arguments>]][,initrd=<path>]``
3835
3836ERST
3837
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003838DEFHEADING()
3839
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02003840DEFHEADING(Debug/Expert options:)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003841
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003842DEF("compat", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_compat,
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003843 "-compat [deprecated-input=accept|reject|crash][,deprecated-output=accept|hide]\n"
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003844 " Policy for handling deprecated management interfaces\n"
3845 "-compat [unstable-input=accept|reject|crash][,unstable-output=accept|hide]\n"
3846 " Policy for handling unstable management interfaces\n",
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003847 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
3848SRST
3849``-compat [deprecated-input=@var{input-policy}][,deprecated-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3850 Set policy for handling deprecated management interfaces (experimental):
3851
3852 ``deprecated-input=accept`` (default)
3853 Accept deprecated commands and arguments
3854 ``deprecated-input=reject``
3855 Reject deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbrusterdbb675c2021-03-18 16:55:19 +01003856 ``deprecated-input=crash``
3857 Crash on deprecated commands and arguments
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003858 ``deprecated-output=accept`` (default)
3859 Emit deprecated command results and events
3860 ``deprecated-output=hide``
3861 Suppress deprecated command results and events
3862
3863 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster57df0df2021-10-28 12:25:20 +02003864
3865``-compat [unstable-input=@var{input-policy}][,unstable-output=@var{output-policy}]``
3866 Set policy for handling unstable management interfaces (experimental):
3867
3868 ``unstable-input=accept`` (default)
3869 Accept unstable commands and arguments
3870 ``unstable-input=reject``
3871 Reject unstable commands and arguments
3872 ``unstable-input=crash``
3873 Crash on unstable commands and arguments
3874 ``unstable-output=accept`` (default)
3875 Emit unstable command results and events
3876 ``unstable-output=hide``
3877 Suppress unstable command results and events
3878
3879 Limitation: covers only syntactic aspects of QMP.
Markus Armbruster6dd75472021-03-18 16:55:10 +01003880ERST
3881
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003882DEF("fw_cfg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_fwcfg,
3883 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,file=<file>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003884 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from file\n"
Gabriel L. Somlo6407d762015-09-29 12:29:01 -04003885 "-fw_cfg [name=]<name>,string=<str>\n"
Markus Armbruster63d31452016-04-18 18:29:50 +02003886 " add named fw_cfg entry with contents from string\n",
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003887 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003888SRST
3889``-fw_cfg [name=]name,file=file``
3890 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from file file.
3891
3892``-fw_cfg [name=]name,string=str``
3893 Add named fw\_cfg entry with contents from string str.
3894
3895 The terminating NUL character of the contents of str will not be
3896 included as part of the fw\_cfg item data. To insert contents with
3897 embedded NUL characters, you have to use the file parameter.
3898
3899 The fw\_cfg entries are passed by QEMU through to the guest.
3900
3901 Example:
3902
3903 ::
3904
3905 -fw_cfg name=opt/com.mycompany/blob,file=./my_blob.bin
3906
3907 creates an fw\_cfg entry named opt/com.mycompany/blob with contents
3908 from ./my\_blob.bin.
3909ERST
Gabriel L. Somlo81b2b812015-04-29 11:21:53 -04003910
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00003911DEF("serial", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_serial, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00003912 "-serial dev redirect the serial port to char device 'dev'\n",
3913 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00003914SRST
3915``-serial dev``
3916 Redirect the virtual serial port to host character device dev. The
3917 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
3918 graphical mode.
3919
3920 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 4 serial
3921 ports.
3922
3923 Use ``-serial none`` to disable all serial ports.
3924
3925 Available character devices are:
3926
3927 ``vc[:WxH]``
3928 Virtual console. Optionally, a width and height can be given in
3929 pixel with
3930
3931 ::
3932
3933 vc:800x600
3934
3935 It is also possible to specify width or height in characters:
3936
3937 ::
3938
3939 vc:80Cx24C
3940
3941 ``pty``
3942 [Linux only] Pseudo TTY (a new PTY is automatically allocated)
3943
3944 ``none``
3945 No device is allocated.
3946
3947 ``null``
3948 void device
3949
3950 ``chardev:id``
3951 Use a named character device defined with the ``-chardev``
3952 option.
3953
3954 ``/dev/XXX``
3955 [Linux only] Use host tty, e.g. ``/dev/ttyS0``. The host serial
3956 port parameters are set according to the emulated ones.
3957
3958 ``/dev/parportN``
3959 [Linux only, parallel port only] Use host parallel port N.
3960 Currently SPP and EPP parallel port features can be used.
3961
3962 ``file:filename``
3963 Write output to filename. No character can be read.
3964
3965 ``stdio``
3966 [Unix only] standard input/output
3967
3968 ``pipe:filename``
3969 name pipe filename
3970
3971 ``COMn``
3972 [Windows only] Use host serial port n
3973
3974 ``udp:[remote_host]:remote_port[@[src_ip]:src_port]``
3975 This implements UDP Net Console. When remote\_host or src\_ip
3976 are not specified they default to ``0.0.0.0``. When not using a
3977 specified src\_port a random port is automatically chosen.
3978
3979 If you just want a simple readonly console you can use
3980 ``netcat`` or ``nc``, by starting QEMU with:
3981 ``-serial udp::4555`` and nc as: ``nc -u -l -p 4555``. Any time
3982 QEMU writes something to that port it will appear in the
3983 netconsole session.
3984
3985 If you plan to send characters back via netconsole or you want
3986 to stop and start QEMU a lot of times, you should have QEMU use
3987 the same source port each time by using something like ``-serial
3988 udp::4555@:4556`` to QEMU. Another approach is to use a patched
3989 version of netcat which can listen to a TCP port and send and
3990 receive characters via udp. If you have a patched version of
3991 netcat which activates telnet remote echo and single char
3992 transfer, then you can use the following options to set up a
3993 netcat redirector to allow telnet on port 5555 to access the
3994 QEMU port.
3995
3996 ``QEMU Options:``
3997 -serial udp::4555@:4556
3998
3999 ``netcat options:``
4000 -u -P 4555 -L 0.0.0.0:4556 -t -p 5555 -I -T
4001
4002 ``telnet options:``
4003 localhost 5555
4004
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004005 ``tcp:[host]:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004006 The TCP Net Console has two modes of operation. It can send the
4007 serial I/O to a location or wait for a connection from a
4008 location. By default the TCP Net Console is sent to host at the
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004009 port. If you use the ``server=on`` option QEMU will wait for a client
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004010 socket application to connect to the port before continuing,
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004011 unless the ``wait=on|off`` option was specified. The ``nodelay=on|off``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004012 option disables the Nagle buffering algorithm. The ``reconnect=on``
4013 option only applies if ``server=no`` is set, if the connection goes
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004014 down it will attempt to reconnect at the given interval. If host
4015 is omitted, 0.0.0.0 is assumed. Only one TCP connection at a
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004016 time is accepted. You can use ``telnet=on`` to connect to the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004017 corresponding character device.
4018
4019 ``Example to send tcp console to 192.168.0.2 port 4444``
4020 -serial tcp:192.168.0.2:4444
4021
4022 ``Example to listen and wait on port 4444 for connection``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004023 -serial tcp::4444,server=on
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004024
4025 ``Example to not wait and listen on ip 192.168.0.100 port 4444``
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004026 -serial tcp:192.168.0.100:4444,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004027
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004028 ``telnet:host:port[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004029 The telnet protocol is used instead of raw tcp sockets. The
4030 options work the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp``.
4031 The difference is that the port acts like a telnet server or
4032 client using telnet option negotiation. This will also allow you
4033 to send the MAGIC\_SYSRQ sequence if you use a telnet that
4034 supports sending the break sequence. Typically in unix telnet
4035 you do it with Control-] and then type "send break" followed by
4036 pressing the enter key.
4037
Paolo Bonzinia9b13152021-02-25 11:47:52 +01004038 ``websocket:host:port,server=on[,wait=on|off][,nodelay=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004039 The WebSocket protocol is used instead of raw tcp socket. The
4040 port acts as a WebSocket server. Client mode is not supported.
4041
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004042 ``unix:path[,server=on|off][,wait=on|off][,reconnect=seconds]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004043 A unix domain socket is used instead of a tcp socket. The option
4044 works the same as if you had specified ``-serial tcp`` except
4045 the unix domain socket path is used for connections.
4046
4047 ``mon:dev_string``
4048 This is a special option to allow the monitor to be multiplexed
4049 onto another serial port. The monitor is accessed with key
4050 sequence of Control-a and then pressing c. dev\_string should be
4051 any one of the serial devices specified above. An example to
4052 multiplex the monitor onto a telnet server listening on port
4053 4444 would be:
4054
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00004055 ``-serial mon:telnet::4444,server=on,wait=off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004056
4057 When the monitor is multiplexed to stdio in this way, Ctrl+C
4058 will not terminate QEMU any more but will be passed to the guest
4059 instead.
4060
4061 ``braille``
4062 Braille device. This will use BrlAPI to display the braille
4063 output on a real or fake device.
4064
4065 ``msmouse``
4066 Three button serial mouse. Configure the guest to use Microsoft
4067 protocol.
4068ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004069
4070DEF("parallel", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_parallel, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004071 "-parallel dev redirect the parallel port to char device 'dev'\n",
4072 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004073SRST
4074``-parallel dev``
4075 Redirect the virtual parallel port to host device dev (same devices
4076 as the serial port). On Linux hosts, ``/dev/parportN`` can be used
4077 to use hardware devices connected on the corresponding host parallel
4078 port.
4079
4080 This option can be used several times to simulate up to 3 parallel
4081 ports.
4082
4083 Use ``-parallel none`` to disable all parallel ports.
4084ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004085
4086DEF("monitor", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_monitor, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004087 "-monitor dev redirect the monitor to char device 'dev'\n",
4088 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004089SRST
4090``-monitor dev``
4091 Redirect the monitor to host device dev (same devices as the serial
4092 port). The default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio``
4093 in non graphical mode. Use ``-monitor none`` to disable the default
4094 monitor.
4095ERST
Gerd Hoffmann6ca55822009-12-08 13:11:52 +01004096DEF("qmp", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004097 "-qmp dev like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode\n",
4098 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004099SRST
4100``-qmp dev``
4101 Like -monitor but opens in 'control' mode.
4102ERST
Max Reitz4821cd42014-11-17 13:31:04 +01004103DEF("qmp-pretty", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qmp_pretty, \
4104 "-qmp-pretty dev like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting\n",
4105 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004106SRST
4107``-qmp-pretty dev``
4108 Like -qmp but uses pretty JSON formatting.
4109ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004110
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004111DEF("mon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_mon, \
Vicente Jimenez Aguilaref670722017-11-14 09:11:27 +01004112 "-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004113SRST
4114``-mon [chardev=]name[,mode=readline|control][,pretty[=on|off]]``
Ali Shirvani16b3f3b2021-05-19 11:41:45 +04304115 Setup monitor on chardev name. ``mode=control`` configures
4116 a QMP monitor (a JSON RPC-style protocol) and it is not the
4117 same as HMP, the human monitor that has a "(qemu)" prompt.
4118 ``pretty`` is only valid when ``mode=control``,
4119 turning on JSON pretty printing to ease
Daniel P. Berrangé283d8452021-02-19 17:56:13 +00004120 human reading and debugging.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004121ERST
Gerd Hoffmann22a0e042009-12-08 13:11:51 +01004122
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004123DEF("debugcon", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_debugcon, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004124 "-debugcon dev redirect the debug console to char device 'dev'\n",
4125 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004126SRST
4127``-debugcon dev``
4128 Redirect the debug console to host device dev (same devices as the
4129 serial port). The debug console is an I/O port which is typically
4130 port 0xe9; writing to that I/O port sends output to this device. The
4131 default device is ``vc`` in graphical mode and ``stdio`` in non
4132 graphical mode.
4133ERST
H. Peter Anvinc9f398e2009-12-29 13:51:36 -08004134
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004135DEF("pidfile", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_pidfile, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004136 "-pidfile file write PID to 'file'\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004137SRST
4138``-pidfile file``
4139 Store the QEMU process PID in file. It is useful if you launch QEMU
4140 from a script.
4141ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004142
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004143DEF("singlestep", 0, QEMU_OPTION_singlestep, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004144 "-singlestep always run in singlestep mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004145SRST
4146``-singlestep``
4147 Run the emulation in single step mode.
4148ERST
aurel321b530a62009-04-05 20:08:59 +00004149
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004150DEF("preconfig", 0, QEMU_OPTION_preconfig, \
Markus Armbruster361ac942018-07-05 11:14:02 +02004151 "--preconfig pause QEMU before machine is initialized (experimental)\n",
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004152 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004153SRST
4154``--preconfig``
4155 Pause QEMU for interactive configuration before the machine is
4156 created, which allows querying and configuring properties that will
4157 affect machine initialization. Use QMP command 'x-exit-preconfig' to
4158 exit the preconfig state and move to the next state (i.e. run guest
4159 if -S isn't used or pause the second time if -S is used). This
4160 option is experimental.
4161ERST
Igor Mammedov047f7032018-05-11 19:24:43 +02004162
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004163DEF("S", 0, QEMU_OPTION_S, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004164 "-S freeze CPU at startup (use 'c' to start execution)\n",
4165 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004166SRST
4167``-S``
4168 Do not start CPU at startup (you must type 'c' in the monitor).
4169ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004170
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004171DEF("overcommit", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_overcommit,
BALATON Zoltandfaa7d52018-07-16 21:12:08 +02004172 "-overcommit [mem-lock=on|off][cpu-pm=on|off]\n"
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004173 " run qemu with overcommit hints\n"
4174 " mem-lock=on|off controls memory lock support (default: off)\n"
4175 " cpu-pm=on|off controls cpu power management (default: off)\n",
4176 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004177SRST
4178``-overcommit mem-lock=on|off``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004179 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004180``-overcommit cpu-pm=on|off``
4181 Run qemu with hints about host resource overcommit. The default is
4182 to assume that host overcommits all resources.
4183
4184 Locking qemu and guest memory can be enabled via ``mem-lock=on``
4185 (disabled by default). This works when host memory is not
Thomas Huthc8c9dc42020-12-10 16:58:07 +01004186 overcommitted and reduces the worst-case latency for guest.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004187
4188 Guest ability to manage power state of host cpus (increasing latency
4189 for other processes on the same host cpu, but decreasing latency for
4190 guest) can be enabled via ``cpu-pm=on`` (disabled by default). This
4191 works best when host CPU is not overcommitted. When used, host
4192 estimates of CPU cycle and power utilization will be incorrect, not
4193 taking into account guest idle time.
4194ERST
Michael S. Tsirkin6f131f12018-06-22 22:22:05 +03004195
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004196DEF("gdb", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_gdb, \
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004197 "-gdb dev accept gdb connection on 'dev'. (QEMU defaults to starting\n"
4198 " the guest without waiting for gdb to connect; use -S too\n"
4199 " if you want it to not start execution.)\n",
4200 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004201SRST
4202``-gdb dev``
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004203 Accept a gdb connection on device dev (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter
4204 in the System Emulation Users Guide). Note that this option does not pause QEMU
Peter Maydelle5910d42020-04-03 10:40:14 +01004205 execution -- if you want QEMU to not start the guest until you
4206 connect with gdb and issue a ``continue`` command, you will need to
4207 also pass the ``-S`` option to QEMU.
4208
4209 The most usual configuration is to listen on a local TCP socket::
4210
4211 -gdb tcp::3117
4212
4213 but you can specify other backends; UDP, pseudo TTY, or even stdio
4214 are all reasonable use cases. For example, a stdio connection
4215 allows you to start QEMU from within gdb and establish the
4216 connection via a pipe:
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004217
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004218 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004219
4220 (gdb) target remote | exec |qemu_system| -gdb stdio ...
4221ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004222
aliguori59030a82009-04-05 18:43:41 +00004223DEF("s", 0, QEMU_OPTION_s, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004224 "-s shorthand for -gdb tcp::" DEFAULT_GDBSTUB_PORT "\n",
4225 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004226SRST
4227``-s``
4228 Shorthand for -gdb tcp::1234, i.e. open a gdbserver on TCP port 1234
Thomas Huth923e9312020-11-16 15:47:36 +01004229 (see the :ref:`GDB usage` chapter in the System Emulation Users Guide).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004230ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004231
4232DEF("d", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_d, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004233 "-d item1,... enable logging of specified items (use '-d help' for a list of log items)\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004234 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004235SRST
4236``-d item1[,...]``
4237 Enable logging of specified items. Use '-d help' for a list of log
4238 items.
4239ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004240
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004241DEF("D", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_D, \
Peter Maydell989b6972013-02-26 17:52:40 +00004242 "-D logfile output log to logfile (default stderr)\n",
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004243 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004244SRST
4245``-D logfile``
4246 Output log in logfile instead of to stderr
4247ERST
Matthew Fernandezc235d732011-06-07 16:32:40 +00004248
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004249DEF("dfilter", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_DFILTER, \
4250 "-dfilter range,.. filter debug output to range of addresses (useful for -d cpu,exec,etc..)\n",
4251 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004252SRST
4253``-dfilter range1[,...]``
4254 Filter debug output to that relevant to a range of target addresses.
4255 The filter spec can be either start+size, start-size or start..end
4256 where start end and size are the addresses and sizes required. For
4257 example:
4258
4259 ::
4260
4261 -dfilter 0x8000..0x8fff,0xffffffc000080000+0x200,0xffffffc000060000-0x1000
4262
4263 Will dump output for any code in the 0x1000 sized block starting at
4264 0x8000 and the 0x200 sized block starting at 0xffffffc000080000 and
4265 another 0x1000 sized block starting at 0xffffffc00005f000.
4266ERST
Alex Bennée35145522016-03-15 14:30:20 +00004267
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004268DEF("seed", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_seed, \
4269 "-seed number seed the pseudo-random number generator\n",
4270 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004271SRST
4272``-seed number``
4273 Force the guest to use a deterministic pseudo-random number
4274 generator, seeded with number. This does not affect crypto routines
4275 within the host.
4276ERST
Richard Henderson9c09a252019-03-14 13:06:29 -07004277
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004278DEF("L", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_L, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004279 "-L path set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps\n",
4280 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004281SRST
4282``-L path``
4283 Set the directory for the BIOS, VGA BIOS and keymaps.
4284
4285 To list all the data directories, use ``-L help``.
4286ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004287
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004288DEF("enable-kvm", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_kvm, \
Thomas Huth21abf012022-04-27 15:49:06 +02004289 "-enable-kvm enable KVM full virtualization support\n",
4290 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386 | QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_PPC |
4291 QEMU_ARCH_RISCV | QEMU_ARCH_S390X)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004292SRST
4293``-enable-kvm``
4294 Enable KVM full virtualization support. This option is only
4295 available if KVM support is enabled when compiling.
4296ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004297
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004298DEF("xen-domid", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid,
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004299 "-xen-domid id specify xen guest domain id\n",
4300 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004301DEF("xen-attach", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_attach,
4302 "-xen-attach attach to existing xen domain\n"
Anthony PERARD1077bca2018-09-14 12:18:30 +01004303 " libxl will use this when starting QEMU\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004304 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Paul Durrant1c599472017-03-22 09:39:15 +00004305DEF("xen-domid-restrict", 0, QEMU_OPTION_xen_domid_restrict,
4306 "-xen-domid-restrict restrict set of available xen operations\n"
4307 " to specified domain id. (Does not affect\n"
4308 " xenpv machine type).\n",
Thomas Hutheeb36472022-04-27 15:31:56 +02004309 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_I386)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004310SRST
4311``-xen-domid id``
4312 Specify xen guest domain id (XEN only).
4313
4314``-xen-attach``
4315 Attach to existing xen domain. libxl will use this when starting
4316 QEMU (XEN only). Restrict set of available xen operations to
4317 specified domain id (XEN only).
4318ERST
aliguorie37630c2009-04-22 15:19:10 +00004319
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004320DEF("no-reboot", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_reboot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004321 "-no-reboot exit instead of rebooting\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004322SRST
4323``-no-reboot``
4324 Exit instead of rebooting.
4325ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004326
4327DEF("no-shutdown", 0, QEMU_OPTION_no_shutdown, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004328 "-no-shutdown stop before shutdown\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004329SRST
4330``-no-shutdown``
4331 Don't exit QEMU on guest shutdown, but instead only stop the
4332 emulation. This allows for instance switching to monitor to commit
4333 changes to the disk image.
4334ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004335
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004336DEF("action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_action,
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004337 "-action reboot=reset|shutdown\n"
4338 " action when guest reboots [default=reset]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004339 "-action shutdown=poweroff|pause\n"
4340 " action when guest shuts down [default=poweroff]\n"
Ilya Leoshkevich0882caf2022-07-26 00:37:45 +02004341 "-action panic=pause|shutdown|exit-failure|none\n"
Paolo Bonzinic27025e2021-01-20 14:30:27 +01004342 " action when guest panics [default=shutdown]\n"
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004343 "-action watchdog=reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n"
4344 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4345 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4346SRST
4347``-action event=action``
4348 The action parameter serves to modify QEMU's default behavior when
4349 certain guest events occur. It provides a generic method for specifying the
4350 same behaviors that are modified by the ``-no-reboot`` and ``-no-shutdown``
4351 parameters.
4352
4353 Examples:
4354
Alejandro Jimenezc753e8e2020-12-11 17:31:52 -05004355 ``-action panic=none``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004356 ``-action reboot=shutdown,shutdown=pause``
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004357 ``-device i6300esb -action watchdog=pause``
Alejandro Jimenez2a5ad602020-12-11 11:52:41 -05004358
4359ERST
4360
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004361DEF("loadvm", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_loadvm, \
4362 "-loadvm [tag|id]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004363 " start right away with a saved state (loadvm in monitor)\n",
4364 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004365SRST
4366``-loadvm file``
4367 Start right away with a saved state (``loadvm`` in monitor)
4368ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004369
4370#ifndef _WIN32
4371DEF("daemonize", 0, QEMU_OPTION_daemonize, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004372 "-daemonize daemonize QEMU after initializing\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004373#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004374SRST
4375``-daemonize``
4376 Daemonize the QEMU process after initialization. QEMU will not
4377 detach from standard IO until it is ready to receive connections on
4378 any of its devices. This option is a useful way for external
4379 programs to launch QEMU without having to cope with initialization
4380 race conditions.
4381ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004382
4383DEF("option-rom", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_option_rom, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004384 "-option-rom rom load a file, rom, into the option ROM space\n",
4385 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004386SRST
4387``-option-rom file``
4388 Load the contents of file as an option ROM. This option is useful to
4389 load things like EtherBoot.
4390ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004391
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004392DEF("rtc", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_rtc, \
Artem Pisarenko238d1242018-10-18 13:12:52 +06004393 "-rtc [base=utc|localtime|<datetime>][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004394 " set the RTC base and clock, enable drift fix for clock ticks (x86 only)\n",
4395 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Jan Kiszka1ed2fc12009-09-15 13:36:04 +02004396
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004397SRST
4398``-rtc [base=utc|localtime|datetime][,clock=host|rt|vm][,driftfix=none|slew]``
4399 Specify ``base`` as ``utc`` or ``localtime`` to let the RTC start at
4400 the current UTC or local time, respectively. ``localtime`` is
4401 required for correct date in MS-DOS or Windows. To start at a
4402 specific point in time, provide datetime in the format
4403 ``2006-06-17T16:01:21`` or ``2006-06-17``. The default base is UTC.
4404
4405 By default the RTC is driven by the host system time. This allows
4406 using of the RTC as accurate reference clock inside the guest,
4407 specifically if the host time is smoothly following an accurate
4408 external reference clock, e.g. via NTP. If you want to isolate the
4409 guest time from the host, you can set ``clock`` to ``rt`` instead,
4410 which provides a host monotonic clock if host support it. To even
4411 prevent the RTC from progressing during suspension, you can set
4412 ``clock`` to ``vm`` (virtual clock). '\ ``clock=vm``\ ' is
4413 recommended especially in icount mode in order to preserve
4414 determinism; however, note that in icount mode the speed of the
4415 virtual clock is variable and can in general differ from the host
4416 clock.
4417
4418 Enable ``driftfix`` (i386 targets only) if you experience time drift
4419 problems, specifically with Windows' ACPI HAL. This option will try
4420 to figure out how many timer interrupts were not processed by the
4421 Windows guest and will re-inject them.
4422ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004423
4424DEF("icount", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_icount, \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004425 "-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=<filename>[,rrsnapshot=<snapshot>]]\n" \
aliguoribc14ca22009-04-05 18:43:37 +00004426 " enable virtual instruction counter with 2^N clock ticks per\n" \
Victor CLEMENTf1f4b572015-05-29 17:14:05 +02004427 " instruction, enable aligning the host and virtual clocks\n" \
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004428 " or disable real time cpu sleeping, and optionally enable\n" \
4429 " record-and-replay mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004430SRST
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004431``-icount [shift=N|auto][,align=on|off][,sleep=on|off][,rr=record|replay,rrfile=filename[,rrsnapshot=snapshot]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004432 Enable virtual instruction counter. The virtual cpu will execute one
4433 instruction every 2^N ns of virtual time. If ``auto`` is specified
4434 then the virtual cpu speed will be automatically adjusted to keep
4435 virtual time within a few seconds of real time.
4436
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004437 Note that while this option can give deterministic behavior, it does
4438 not provide cycle accurate emulation. Modern CPUs contain
4439 superscalar out of order cores with complex cache hierarchies. The
4440 number of instructions executed often has little or no correlation
4441 with actual performance.
4442
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004443 When the virtual cpu is sleeping, the virtual time will advance at
4444 default speed unless ``sleep=on`` is specified. With
4445 ``sleep=on``, the virtual time will jump to the next timer
4446 deadline instantly whenever the virtual cpu goes to sleep mode and
4447 will not advance if no timer is enabled. This behavior gives
4448 deterministic execution times from the guest point of view.
4449 The default if icount is enabled is ``sleep=off``.
4450 ``sleep=on`` cannot be used together with either ``shift=auto``
4451 or ``align=on``.
4452
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004453 ``align=on`` will activate the delay algorithm which will try to
4454 synchronise the host clock and the virtual clock. The goal is to
4455 have a guest running at the real frequency imposed by the shift
4456 option. Whenever the guest clock is behind the host clock and if
4457 ``align=on`` is specified then we print a message to the user to
4458 inform about the delay. Currently this option does not work when
4459 ``shift`` is ``auto``. Note: The sync algorithm will work for those
4460 shift values for which the guest clock runs ahead of the host clock.
4461 Typically this happens when the shift value is high (how high
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004462 depends on the host machine). The default if icount is enabled
4463 is ``align=off``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004464
Peter Maydellfa647902020-11-21 21:35:06 +00004465 When the ``rr`` option is specified deterministic record/replay is
4466 enabled. The ``rrfile=`` option must also be provided to
4467 specify the path to the replay log. In record mode data is written
4468 to this file, and in replay mode it is read back.
4469 If the ``rrsnapshot`` option is given then it specifies a VM snapshot
4470 name. In record mode, a new VM snapshot with the given name is created
4471 at the start of execution recording. In replay mode this option
4472 specifies the snapshot name used to load the initial VM state.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004473ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004474
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004475DEF("watchdog-action", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_watchdog_action, \
Markus Armbruster7ad92702017-10-02 16:03:07 +02004476 "-watchdog-action reset|shutdown|poweroff|inject-nmi|pause|debug|none\n" \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004477 " action when watchdog fires [default=reset]\n",
4478 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004479SRST
4480``-watchdog-action action``
4481 The action controls what QEMU will do when the watchdog timer
4482 expires. The default is ``reset`` (forcefully reset the guest).
4483 Other possible actions are: ``shutdown`` (attempt to gracefully
4484 shutdown the guest), ``poweroff`` (forcefully poweroff the guest),
4485 ``inject-nmi`` (inject a NMI into the guest), ``pause`` (pause the
4486 guest), ``debug`` (print a debug message and continue), or ``none``
4487 (do nothing).
4488
4489 Note that the ``shutdown`` action requires that the guest responds
4490 to ACPI signals, which it may not be able to do in the sort of
4491 situations where the watchdog would have expired, and thus
4492 ``-watchdog-action shutdown`` is not recommended for production use.
4493
4494 Examples:
4495
Paolo Bonzini5433af72022-09-10 13:44:47 +02004496 ``-device i6300esb -watchdog-action pause``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004497
4498ERST
Richard W.M. Jones9dd986c2009-04-25 13:56:19 +01004499
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004500DEF("echr", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_echr, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004501 "-echr chr set terminal escape character instead of ctrl-a\n",
4502 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004503SRST
4504``-echr numeric_ascii_value``
4505 Change the escape character used for switching to the monitor when
4506 using monitor and serial sharing. The default is ``0x01`` when using
4507 the ``-nographic`` option. ``0x01`` is equal to pressing
4508 ``Control-a``. You can select a different character from the ascii
4509 control keys where 1 through 26 map to Control-a through Control-z.
4510 For instance you could use the either of the following to change the
4511 escape character to Control-t.
4512
4513 ``-echr 0x14``; \ ``-echr 20``
4514
4515ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004516
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004517DEF("incoming", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_incoming, \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004518 "-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
4519 "-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]\n" \
Michael Tokarev7c601802015-02-10 22:40:47 +03004520 "-incoming unix:socketpath\n" \
4521 " prepare for incoming migration, listen on\n" \
4522 " specified protocol and socket address\n" \
4523 "-incoming fd:fd\n" \
4524 "-incoming exec:cmdline\n" \
4525 " accept incoming migration on given file descriptor\n" \
Dr. David Alan Gilbert15970512015-05-29 19:52:52 +01004526 " or from given external command\n" \
4527 "-incoming defer\n" \
4528 " wait for the URI to be specified via migrate_incoming\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004529 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004530SRST
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004531``-incoming tcp:[host]:port[,to=maxport][,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004532 \
Daniel P. Berrangébf240952021-02-16 19:10:22 +00004533``-incoming rdma:host:port[,ipv4=on|off][,ipv6=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004534 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given tcp port.
4535
4536``-incoming unix:socketpath``
4537 Prepare for incoming migration, listen on a given unix socket.
4538
4539``-incoming fd:fd``
4540 Accept incoming migration from a given filedescriptor.
4541
4542``-incoming exec:cmdline``
4543 Accept incoming migration as an output from specified external
4544 command.
4545
4546``-incoming defer``
4547 Wait for the URI to be specified via migrate\_incoming. The monitor
4548 can be used to change settings (such as migration parameters) prior
4549 to issuing the migrate\_incoming to allow the migration to begin.
4550ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004551
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304552DEF("only-migratable", 0, QEMU_OPTION_only_migratable, \
4553 "-only-migratable allow only migratable devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004554SRST
4555``-only-migratable``
4556 Only allow migratable devices. Devices will not be allowed to enter
4557 an unmigratable state.
4558ERST
Ashijeet Acharyad15c05f2017-01-16 17:01:51 +05304559
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004560DEF("nodefaults", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nodefaults, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004561 "-nodefaults don't create default devices\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004562SRST
4563``-nodefaults``
4564 Don't create default devices. Normally, QEMU sets the default
4565 devices like serial port, parallel port, virtual console, monitor
4566 device, VGA adapter, floppy and CD-ROM drive and others. The
4567 ``-nodefaults`` option will disable all those default devices.
4568ERST
Gerd Hoffmannd8c208d2009-12-08 13:11:46 +01004569
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004570#ifndef _WIN32
4571DEF("chroot", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_chroot, \
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004572 "-chroot dir chroot to dir just before starting the VM\n",
4573 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004574#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004575SRST
4576``-chroot dir``
4577 Immediately before starting guest execution, chroot to the specified
4578 directory. Especially useful in combination with -runas.
4579ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004580
4581#ifndef _WIN32
4582DEF("runas", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_runas, \
Ian Jackson2c42f1e2017-09-15 18:10:44 +01004583 "-runas user change to user id user just before starting the VM\n" \
4584 " user can be numeric uid:gid instead\n",
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004585 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004586#endif
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004587SRST
4588``-runas user``
4589 Immediately before starting guest execution, drop root privileges,
4590 switching to the specified user.
4591ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004592
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004593DEF("prom-env", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_prom_env,
4594 "-prom-env variable=value\n"
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004595 " set OpenBIOS nvram variables\n",
4596 QEMU_ARCH_PPC | QEMU_ARCH_SPARC)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004597SRST
4598``-prom-env variable=value``
4599 Set OpenBIOS nvram variable to given value (PPC, SPARC only).
4600
4601 ::
4602
4603 qemu-system-sparc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4604 -prom-env 'boot-device=sd(0,2,0):d' -prom-env 'boot-args=linux single'
4605
4606 ::
4607
4608 qemu-system-ppc -prom-env 'auto-boot?=false' \
4609 -prom-env 'boot-device=hd:2,\yaboot' \
4610 -prom-env 'boot-args=conf=hd:2,\yaboot.conf'
4611ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004612DEF("semihosting", 0, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting,
Michael Wallef7bbcfb2014-04-22 20:18:42 +02004613 "-semihosting semihosting mode\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004614 QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004615 QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004616SRST
4617``-semihosting``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004618 Enable semihosting mode (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V only).
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004619
4620 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4621 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4622
4623 See the -semihosting-config option documentation for further
4624 information about the facilities this enables.
4625ERST
Liviu Ionescua38bb072014-12-11 12:07:48 +00004626DEF("semihosting-config", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_semihosting_config,
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004627 "-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]\n" \
Leon Alraea59d31a2015-06-19 14:17:45 +01004628 " semihosting configuration\n",
Markus Armbruster9d49bcf2021-05-03 10:40:33 +02004629QEMU_ARCH_ARM | QEMU_ARCH_M68K | QEMU_ARCH_XTENSA |
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004630QEMU_ARCH_MIPS | QEMU_ARCH_NIOS2 | QEMU_ARCH_RISCV)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004631SRST
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004632``-semihosting-config [enable=on|off][,target=native|gdb|auto][,chardev=id][,userspace=on|off][,arg=str[,...]]``
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004633 Enable and configure semihosting (ARM, M68K, Xtensa, MIPS, Nios II, RISC-V
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004634 only).
4635
4636 Note that this allows guest direct access to the host filesystem, so
4637 should only be used with a trusted guest OS.
4638
4639 On Arm this implements the standard semihosting API, version 2.0.
4640
4641 On M68K this implements the "ColdFire GDB" interface used by
4642 libgloss.
4643
4644 Xtensa semihosting provides basic file IO calls, such as
4645 open/read/write/seek/select. Tensilica baremetal libc for ISS and
4646 linux platform "sim" use this interface.
4647
Keith Packarda10b9d92021-01-08 22:42:52 +00004648 On RISC-V this implements the standard semihosting API, version 0.2.
4649
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004650 ``target=native|gdb|auto``
4651 Defines where the semihosting calls will be addressed, to QEMU
4652 (``native``) or to GDB (``gdb``). The default is ``auto``, which
4653 means ``gdb`` during debug sessions and ``native`` otherwise.
4654
4655 ``chardev=str1``
4656 Send the output to a chardev backend output for native or auto
4657 output when not in gdb
4658
Peter Maydell52028612022-08-22 15:12:24 +01004659 ``userspace=on|off``
4660 Allows code running in guest userspace to access the semihosting
4661 interface. The default is that only privileged guest code can
4662 make semihosting calls. Note that setting ``userspace=on`` should
4663 only be used if all guest code is trusted (for example, in
4664 bare-metal test case code).
4665
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004666 ``arg=str1,arg=str2,...``
4667 Allows the user to pass input arguments, and can be used
4668 multiple times to build up a list. The old-style
4669 ``-kernel``/``-append`` method of passing a command line is
4670 still supported for backward compatibility. If both the
4671 ``--semihosting-config arg`` and the ``-kernel``/``-append`` are
4672 specified, the former is passed to semihosting as it always
4673 takes precedence.
4674ERST
blueswir15824d652009-03-28 06:44:27 +00004675DEF("old-param", 0, QEMU_OPTION_old_param,
Blue Swirlad960902010-03-29 19:23:52 +00004676 "-old-param old param mode\n", QEMU_ARCH_ARM)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004677SRST
4678``-old-param``
4679 Old param mode (ARM only).
4680ERST
Stefan Weil95d5f082010-01-20 22:25:27 +01004681
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004682DEF("sandbox", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_sandbox, \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004683 "-sandbox on[,obsolete=allow|deny][,elevateprivileges=allow|deny|children]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004684 " [,spawn=allow|deny][,resourcecontrol=allow|deny]\n" \
Eduardo Otubo2b716fa2017-03-01 23:17:29 +01004685 " Enable seccomp mode 2 system call filter (default 'off').\n" \
4686 " use 'obsolete' to allow obsolete system calls that are provided\n" \
4687 " by the kernel, but typically no longer used by modern\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004688 " C library implementations.\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004689 " use 'elevateprivileges' to allow or deny the QEMU process ability\n" \
4690 " to elevate privileges using set*uid|gid system calls.\n" \
Eduardo Otubo73a1e642017-03-13 22:13:27 +01004691 " The value 'children' will deny set*uid|gid system calls for\n" \
Eduardo Otubo995a2262017-03-13 22:16:01 +01004692 " main QEMU process but will allow forks and execves to run unprivileged\n" \
4693 " use 'spawn' to avoid QEMU to spawn new threads or processes by\n" \
Philippe Mathieu-Daudéd42304b2021-03-03 19:46:43 +01004694 " blocking *fork and execve\n" \
Eduardo Otubo24f8cdc2017-03-13 22:18:51 +01004695 " use 'resourcecontrol' to disable process affinity and schedular priority\n",
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004696 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004697SRST
4698``-sandbox arg[,obsolete=string][,elevateprivileges=string][,spawn=string][,resourcecontrol=string]``
4699 Enable Seccomp mode 2 system call filter. 'on' will enable syscall
4700 filtering and 'off' will disable it. The default is 'off'.
4701
4702 ``obsolete=string``
4703 Enable Obsolete system calls
4704
4705 ``elevateprivileges=string``
4706 Disable set\*uid\|gid system calls
4707
4708 ``spawn=string``
4709 Disable \*fork and execve
4710
4711 ``resourcecontrol=string``
4712 Disable process affinity and schedular priority
4713ERST
Eduardo Otubo7d76ad42012-08-14 18:44:08 -03004714
Gerd Hoffmann715a6642009-10-14 10:39:28 +02004715DEF("readconfig", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_readconfig,
Paolo Bonzinie960a7e2022-04-14 10:57:21 -04004716 "-readconfig <file>\n"
4717 " read config file\n", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004718SRST
4719``-readconfig file``
4720 Read device configuration from file. This approach is useful when
4721 you want to spawn QEMU process with many command line options but
4722 you don't want to exceed the command line character limit.
4723ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004724
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004725DEF("no-user-config", 0, QEMU_OPTION_nouserconfig,
4726 "-no-user-config\n"
Eduardo Habkost3478eae2017-10-04 00:00:25 -03004727 " do not load default user-provided config files at startup\n",
Eduardo Habkostf29a5612012-05-02 13:07:29 -03004728 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004729SRST
4730``-no-user-config``
4731 The ``-no-user-config`` option makes QEMU not load any of the
4732 user-provided config files on sysconfdir.
4733ERST
Thomas Huth2feac452018-08-21 12:59:56 +02004734
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004735DEF("trace", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_trace,
Paolo Bonzini10578a22016-01-07 16:55:26 +03004736 "-trace [[enable=]<pattern>][,events=<file>][,file=<file>]\n"
LluĂ­s23d15e82011-08-31 20:31:31 +02004737 " specify tracing options\n",
Prerna Saxenaab6540d2010-08-09 11:48:32 +01004738 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004739SRST
4740``-trace [[enable=]pattern][,events=file][,file=file]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00004741 .. include:: ../qemu-option-trace.rst.inc
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004742
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004743ERST
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004744DEF("plugin", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_plugin,
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004745 "-plugin [file=]<file>[,<argname>=<argvalue>]\n"
LluĂ­s Vilanova42229a72017-07-24 17:28:22 +03004746 " load a plugin\n",
4747 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004748SRST
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004749``-plugin file=file[,argname=argvalue]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004750 Load a plugin.
4751
4752 ``file=file``
4753 Load the given plugin from a shared library file.
4754
Mahmoud Mandour3a445ac2021-07-30 15:58:05 +02004755 ``argname=argvalue``
4756 Argument passed to the plugin. (Can be given multiple times.)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004757ERST
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01004758
Markus Armbruster31e70d62013-02-13 19:49:37 +01004759HXCOMM Internal use
4760DEF("qtest", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
4761DEF("qtest-log", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_qtest_log, "", QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Anthony Liguoric7f0f3b2012-03-28 15:42:02 +02004762
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004763DEF("msg", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_msg,
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004764 "-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name=[on|off]]\n"
Markus Armbrusterdeda4972019-10-10 10:15:08 +02004765 " control error message format\n"
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004766 " timestamp=on enables timestamps (default: off)\n"
4767 " guest-name=on enables guest name prefix but only if\n"
4768 " -name guest option is set (default: off)\n",
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004769 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004770SRST
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004771``-msg [timestamp[=on|off]][,guest-name[=on|off]]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004772 Control error message format.
4773
4774 ``timestamp=on|off``
4775 Prefix messages with a timestamp. Default is off.
Mario Smarduch2880ffb2020-06-26 13:19:00 -07004776
4777 ``guest-name=on|off``
4778 Prefix messages with guest name but only if -name guest option is set
4779 otherwise the option is ignored. Default is off.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004780ERST
Seiji Aguchi5e2ac512013-07-03 23:02:46 -04004781
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304782DEF("dump-vmstate", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_dump_vmstate,
4783 "-dump-vmstate <file>\n"
4784 " Output vmstate information in JSON format to file.\n"
4785 " Use the scripts/vmstate-static-checker.py file to\n"
4786 " check for possible regressions in migration code\n"
Laurent Vivier23820532015-09-04 21:30:04 +02004787 " by comparing two such vmstate dumps.\n",
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304788 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004789SRST
4790``-dump-vmstate file``
4791 Dump json-encoded vmstate information for current machine type to
4792 file in file
4793ERST
Amit Shahabfd9ce2014-06-20 18:56:08 +05304794
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004795DEF("enable-sync-profile", 0, QEMU_OPTION_enable_sync_profile,
4796 "-enable-sync-profile\n"
4797 " enable synchronization profiling\n",
4798 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004799SRST
4800``-enable-sync-profile``
4801 Enable synchronization profiling.
4802ERST
Emilio G. Cota12df1892018-08-15 11:42:49 -04004803
Paolo Bonzini43f187a2017-01-04 13:50:37 +01004804DEFHEADING()
Markus Armbrusterde6b4f92017-10-02 16:03:00 +02004805
4806DEFHEADING(Generic object creation:)
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01004807
4808DEF("object", HAS_ARG, QEMU_OPTION_object,
4809 "-object TYPENAME[,PROP1=VALUE1,...]\n"
4810 " create a new object of type TYPENAME setting properties\n"
4811 " in the order they are specified. Note that the 'id'\n"
4812 " property must be set. These objects are placed in the\n"
4813 " '/objects' path.\n",
4814 QEMU_ARCH_ALL)
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004815SRST
4816``-object typename[,prop1=value1,...]``
4817 Create a new object of type typename setting properties in the order
4818 they are specified. Note that the 'id' property must be set. These
4819 objects are placed in the '/objects' path.
4820
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004821 ``-object memory-backend-file,id=id,size=size,mem-path=dir,share=on|off,discard-data=on|off,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,prealloc=on|off,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,align=align,readonly=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004822 Creates a memory file backend object, which can be used to back
4823 the guest RAM with huge pages.
4824
4825 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004826 reference this memory region in other parameters, e.g. ``-numa``,
4827 ``-device nvdimm``, etc.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004828
4829 The ``size`` option provides the size of the memory region, and
Robert Hoo56c9f002021-04-22 16:42:02 +08004830 accepts common suffixes, e.g. ``500M``.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004831
4832 The ``mem-path`` provides the path to either a shared memory or
4833 huge page filesystem mount.
4834
4835 The ``share`` boolean option determines whether the memory
4836 region is marked as private to QEMU, or shared. The latter
4837 allows a co-operating external process to access the QEMU memory
4838 region.
4839
4840 The ``share`` is also required for pvrdma devices due to
4841 limitations in the RDMA API provided by Linux.
4842
4843 Setting share=on might affect the ability to configure NUMA
4844 bindings for the memory backend under some circumstances, see
4845 Documentation/vm/numa\_memory\_policy.txt on the Linux kernel
4846 source tree for additional details.
4847
4848 Setting the ``discard-data`` boolean option to on indicates that
4849 file contents can be destroyed when QEMU exits, to avoid
4850 unnecessarily flushing data to the backing file. Note that
4851 ``discard-data`` is only an optimization, and QEMU might not
4852 discard file contents if it aborts unexpectedly or is terminated
4853 using SIGKILL.
4854
4855 The ``merge`` boolean option enables memory merge, also known as
4856 MADV\_MERGEABLE, so that Kernel Samepage Merging will consider
4857 the pages for memory deduplication.
4858
4859 Setting the ``dump`` boolean option to off excludes the memory
4860 from core dumps. This feature is also known as MADV\_DONTDUMP.
4861
4862 The ``prealloc`` boolean option enables memory preallocation.
4863
4864 The ``host-nodes`` option binds the memory range to a list of
4865 NUMA host nodes.
4866
4867 The ``policy`` option sets the NUMA policy to one of the
4868 following values:
4869
4870 ``default``
4871 default host policy
4872
4873 ``preferred``
4874 prefer the given host node list for allocation
4875
4876 ``bind``
4877 restrict memory allocation to the given host node list
4878
4879 ``interleave``
4880 interleave memory allocations across the given host node
4881 list
4882
4883 The ``align`` option specifies the base address alignment when
4884 QEMU mmap(2) ``mem-path``, and accepts common suffixes, eg
4885 ``2M``. Some backend store specified by ``mem-path`` requires an
4886 alignment different than the default one used by QEMU, eg the
4887 device DAX /dev/dax0.0 requires 2M alignment rather than 4K. In
4888 such cases, users can specify the required alignment via this
4889 option.
4890
4891 The ``pmem`` option specifies whether the backing file specified
4892 by ``mem-path`` is in host persistent memory that can be
4893 accessed using the SNIA NVM programming model (e.g. Intel
4894 NVDIMM). If ``pmem`` is set to 'on', QEMU will take necessary
4895 operations to guarantee the persistence of its own writes to
4896 ``mem-path`` (e.g. in vNVDIMM label emulation and live
4897 migration). Also, we will map the backend-file with MAP\_SYNC
4898 flag, which ensures the file metadata is in sync for
4899 ``mem-path`` in case of host crash or a power failure. MAP\_SYNC
4900 requires support from both the host kernel (since Linux kernel
4901 4.15) and the filesystem of ``mem-path`` mounted with DAX
4902 option.
4903
Stefan Hajnoczi86635aa2021-01-04 17:13:19 +00004904 The ``readonly`` option specifies whether the backing file is opened
4905 read-only or read-write (default).
4906
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00004907 ``-object memory-backend-ram,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave``
4908 Creates a memory backend object, which can be used to back the
4909 guest RAM. Memory backend objects offer more control than the
4910 ``-m`` option that is traditionally used to define guest RAM.
4911 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4912 options.
4913
4914 ``-object memory-backend-memfd,id=id,merge=on|off,dump=on|off,share=on|off,prealloc=on|off,size=size,host-nodes=host-nodes,policy=default|preferred|bind|interleave,seal=on|off,hugetlb=on|off,hugetlbsize=size``
4915 Creates an anonymous memory file backend object, which allows
4916 QEMU to share the memory with an external process (e.g. when
4917 using vhost-user). The memory is allocated with memfd and
4918 optional sealing. (Linux only)
4919
4920 The ``seal`` option creates a sealed-file, that will block
4921 further resizing the memory ('on' by default).
4922
4923 The ``hugetlb`` option specify the file to be created resides in
4924 the hugetlbfs filesystem (since Linux 4.14). Used in conjunction
4925 with the ``hugetlb`` option, the ``hugetlbsize`` option specify
4926 the hugetlb page size on systems that support multiple hugetlb
4927 page sizes (it must be a power of 2 value supported by the
4928 system).
4929
4930 In some versions of Linux, the ``hugetlb`` option is
4931 incompatible with the ``seal`` option (requires at least Linux
4932 4.16).
4933
4934 Please refer to ``memory-backend-file`` for a description of the
4935 other options.
4936
4937 The ``share`` boolean option is on by default with memfd.
4938
4939 ``-object rng-builtin,id=id``
4940 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4941 from QEMU builtin functions. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4942 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4943 ``virtio-rng`` device. By default, the ``virtio-rng`` device
4944 uses this RNG backend.
4945
4946 ``-object rng-random,id=id,filename=/dev/random``
4947 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4948 from a device on the host. The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID
4949 that will be used to reference this entropy backend from the
4950 ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``filename`` parameter specifies
4951 which file to obtain entropy from and if omitted defaults to
4952 ``/dev/urandom``.
4953
4954 ``-object rng-egd,id=id,chardev=chardevid``
4955 Creates a random number generator backend which obtains entropy
4956 from an external daemon running on the host. The ``id``
4957 parameter is a unique ID that will be used to reference this
4958 entropy backend from the ``virtio-rng`` device. The ``chardev``
4959 parameter is the unique ID of a character device backend that
4960 provides the connection to the RNG daemon.
4961
4962 ``-object tls-creds-anon,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,verify-peer=on|off``
4963 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
4964 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
4965 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
4966 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
4967 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
4968 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
4969 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
4970 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified, though this
4971 is a no-op for anonymous credentials.
4972
4973 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
4974 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
4975 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
4976 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
4977 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
4978 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
4979 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
4980 upfront and saved.
4981
4982 ``-object tls-creds-psk,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/keys/dir[,username=username]``
4983 Creates a TLS Pre-Shared Keys (PSK) credentials object, which
4984 can be used to provide TLS support on network backends. The
4985 ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which network backends will use
4986 to access the credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server``
4987 or ``client`` depending on whether the QEMU network backend that
4988 uses the credentials will be acting as a client or as a server.
4989 For clients only, ``username`` is the username which will be
4990 sent to the server. If omitted it defaults to "qemu".
4991
4992 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the keys file. It is
4993 called "dir/keys.psk" and contains "username:key" pairs. This
4994 file can most easily be created using the GnuTLS ``psktool``
4995 program.
4996
4997 For server endpoints, dir may also contain a file dh-params.pem
4998 providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the TLS server.
4999 If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of DH
5000 parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5001 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5002 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated up
5003 front and saved.
5004
5005 ``-object tls-creds-x509,id=id,endpoint=endpoint,dir=/path/to/cred/dir,priority=priority,verify-peer=on|off,passwordid=id``
5006 Creates a TLS anonymous credentials object, which can be used to
5007 provide TLS support on network backends. The ``id`` parameter is
5008 a unique ID which network backends will use to access the
5009 credentials. The ``endpoint`` is either ``server`` or ``client``
5010 depending on whether the QEMU network backend that uses the
5011 credentials will be acting as a client or as a server. If
5012 ``verify-peer`` is enabled (the default) then once the handshake
5013 is completed, the peer credentials will be verified. With x509
5014 certificates, this implies that the clients must be provided
5015 with valid client certificates too.
5016
5017 The dir parameter tells QEMU where to find the credential files.
5018 For server endpoints, this directory may contain a file
5019 dh-params.pem providing diffie-hellman parameters to use for the
5020 TLS server. If the file is missing, QEMU will generate a set of
5021 DH parameters at startup. This is a computationally expensive
5022 operation that consumes random pool entropy, so it is
5023 recommended that a persistent set of parameters be generated
5024 upfront and saved.
5025
5026 For x509 certificate credentials the directory will contain
5027 further files providing the x509 certificates. The certificates
5028 must be stored in PEM format, in filenames ca-cert.pem,
5029 ca-crl.pem (optional), server-cert.pem (only servers),
5030 server-key.pem (only servers), client-cert.pem (only clients),
5031 and client-key.pem (only clients).
5032
5033 For the server-key.pem and client-key.pem files which contain
5034 sensitive private keys, it is possible to use an encrypted
5035 version by providing the passwordid parameter. This provides the
5036 ID of a previously created ``secret`` object containing the
5037 password for decryption.
5038
5039 The priority parameter allows to override the global default
5040 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5041 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5042 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5043 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5044 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5045 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5046 string as described at
5047 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5048
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé993aec22018-10-11 20:21:11 +02005049 ``-object tls-cipher-suites,id=id,priority=priority``
5050 Creates a TLS cipher suites object, which can be used to control
5051 the TLS cipher/protocol algorithms that applications are permitted
5052 to use.
5053
5054 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID which frontends will use to
5055 access the ordered list of permitted TLS cipher suites from the
5056 host.
5057
5058 The ``priority`` parameter allows to override the global default
5059 priority used by gnutls. This can be useful if the system
5060 administrator needs to use a weaker set of crypto priorities for
5061 QEMU without potentially forcing the weakness onto all
5062 applications. Or conversely if one wants wants a stronger
5063 default for QEMU than for all other applications, they can do
5064 this through this parameter. Its format is a gnutls priority
5065 string as described at
5066 https://gnutls.org/manual/html_node/Priority-Strings.html.
5067
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005068 An example of use of this object is to control UEFI HTTPS Boot.
5069 The tls-cipher-suites object exposes the ordered list of permitted
5070 TLS cipher suites from the host side to the guest firmware, via
5071 fw_cfg. The list is represented as an array of IANA_TLS_CIPHER
5072 objects. The firmware uses the IANA_TLS_CIPHER array for configuring
5073 guest-side TLS.
5074
5075 In the following example, the priority at which the host-side policy
5076 is retrieved is given by the ``priority`` property.
5077 Given that QEMU uses GNUTLS, ``priority=@SYSTEM`` may be used to
5078 refer to /etc/crypto-policies/back-ends/gnutls.config.
5079
5080 .. parsed-literal::
5081
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005082 # |qemu_system| \\
5083 -object tls-cipher-suites,id=mysuite0,priority=@SYSTEM \\
Philippe Mathieu-Daudé69699f32020-05-14 15:15:47 +02005084 -fw_cfg name=etc/edk2/https/ciphers,gen_id=mysuite0
5085
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005086 ``-object filter-buffer,id=id,netdev=netdevid,interval=t[,queue=all|rx|tx][,status=on|off][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5087 Interval t can't be 0, this filter batches the packet delivery:
5088 all packets arriving in a given interval on netdev netdevid are
5089 delayed until the end of the interval. Interval is in
5090 microseconds. ``status`` is optional that indicate whether the
5091 netfilter is on (enabled) or off (disabled), the default status
5092 for netfilter will be 'on'.
5093
5094 queue all\|rx\|tx is an option that can be applied to any
5095 netfilter.
5096
5097 ``all``: the filter is attached both to the receive and the
5098 transmit queue of the netdev (default).
5099
5100 ``rx``: the filter is attached to the receive queue of the
5101 netdev, where it will receive packets sent to the netdev.
5102
5103 ``tx``: the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the
5104 netdev, where it will receive packets sent by the netdev.
5105
5106 position head\|tail\|id=<id> is an option to specify where the
5107 filter should be inserted in the filter list. It can be applied
5108 to any netfilter.
5109
5110 ``head``: the filter is inserted at the head of the filter list,
5111 before any existing filters.
5112
5113 ``tail``: the filter is inserted at the tail of the filter list,
5114 behind any existing filters (default).
5115
5116 ``id=<id>``: the filter is inserted before or behind the filter
5117 specified by <id>, see the insert option below.
5118
5119 insert behind\|before is an option to specify where to insert
5120 the new filter relative to the one specified with
5121 position=id=<id>. It can be applied to any netfilter.
5122
5123 ``before``: insert before the specified filter.
5124
5125 ``behind``: insert behind the specified filter (default).
5126
5127 ``-object filter-mirror,id=id,netdev=netdevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5128 filter-mirror on netdev netdevid,mirror net packet to
5129 chardevchardevid, if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5130 filter-mirror will mirror packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5131
5132 ``-object filter-redirector,id=id,netdev=netdevid,indev=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,queue=all|rx|tx[,vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5133 filter-redirector on netdev netdevid,redirect filter's net
5134 packet to chardev chardevid,and redirect indev's packet to
5135 filter.if it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag, filter-redirector
5136 will redirect packet with vnet\_hdr\_len. Create a
5137 filter-redirector we need to differ outdev id from indev id, id
5138 can not be the same. we can just use indev or outdev, but at
5139 least one of indev or outdev need to be specified.
5140
5141 ``-object filter-rewriter,id=id,netdev=netdevid,queue=all|rx|tx,[vnet_hdr_support][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5142 Filter-rewriter is a part of COLO project.It will rewrite tcp
5143 packet to secondary from primary to keep secondary tcp
5144 connection,and rewrite tcp packet to primary from secondary make
5145 tcp packet can be handled by client.if it has the
5146 vnet\_hdr\_support flag, we can parse packet with vnet header.
5147
5148 usage: colo secondary: -object
5149 filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0 -object
5150 filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1 -object
5151 filter-rewriter,id=rew0,netdev=hn0,queue=all
5152
5153 ``-object filter-dump,id=id,netdev=dev[,file=filename][,maxlen=len][,position=head|tail|id=<id>][,insert=behind|before]``
5154 Dump the network traffic on netdev dev to the file specified by
5155 filename. At most len bytes (64k by default) per packet are
5156 stored. The file format is libpcap, so it can be analyzed with
5157 tools such as tcpdump or Wireshark.
5158
Zhang Chena2e5cb72020-06-24 09:20:41 +08005159 ``-object colo-compare,id=id,primary_in=chardevid,secondary_in=chardevid,outdev=chardevid,iothread=id[,vnet_hdr_support][,notify_dev=id][,compare_timeout=@var{ms}][,expired_scan_cycle=@var{ms}][,max_queue_size=@var{size}]``
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005160 Colo-compare gets packet from primary\_in chardevid and
5161 secondary\_in, then compare whether the payload of primary packet
5162 and secondary packet are the same. If same, it will output
5163 primary packet to out\_dev, else it will notify COLO-framework to do
5164 checkpoint and send primary packet to out\_dev. In order to
5165 improve efficiency, we need to put the task of comparison in
5166 another iothread. If it has the vnet\_hdr\_support flag,
5167 colo compare will send/recv packet with vnet\_hdr\_len.
5168 The compare\_timeout=@var{ms} determines the maximum time of the
5169 colo-compare hold the packet. The expired\_scan\_cycle=@var{ms}
5170 is to set the period of scanning expired primary node network packets.
5171 The max\_queue\_size=@var{size} is to set the max compare queue
5172 size depend on user environment.
5173 If user want to use Xen COLO, need to add the notify\_dev to
Zhang Chen9cc43c92020-03-18 16:23:19 +08005174 notify Xen colo-frame to do checkpoint.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005175
Zhang Chen2b28a7e2020-06-24 09:20:42 +08005176 COLO-compare must be used with the help of filter-mirror,
5177 filter-redirector and filter-rewriter.
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005178
5179 ::
5180
5181 KVM COLO
5182
5183 primary:
5184 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5185 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005186 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5187 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5188 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005189 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005190 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005191 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
5192 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5193 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5194 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5195 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5196 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,iothread=iothread1
5197
5198 secondary:
5199 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5200 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5201 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5202 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5203 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5204 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5205
5206
5207 Xen COLO
5208
5209 primary:
5210 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,downscript=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5211 -device e1000,id=e0,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005212 -chardev socket,id=mirror0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003,server=on,wait=off
5213 -chardev socket,id=compare1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004,server=on,wait=off
5214 -chardev socket,id=compare0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005215 -chardev socket,id=compare0-0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9001
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005216 -chardev socket,id=compare_out,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005217 -chardev socket,id=compare_out0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9005
Daniel P. Berrangébfdc1262021-02-16 19:10:19 +00005218 -chardev socket,id=notify_way,host=3.3.3.3,port=9009,server=on,wait=off
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005219 -object filter-mirror,id=m0,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,outdev=mirror0
5220 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire0,queue=rx,indev=compare_out
5221 -object filter-redirector,netdev=hn0,id=redire1,queue=rx,outdev=compare0
5222 -object iothread,id=iothread1
5223 -object colo-compare,id=comp0,primary_in=compare0-0,secondary_in=compare1,outdev=compare_out0,notify_dev=nofity_way,iothread=iothread1
5224
5225 secondary:
5226 -netdev tap,id=hn0,vhost=off,script=/etc/qemu-ifup,down script=/etc/qemu-ifdown
5227 -device e1000,netdev=hn0,mac=52:a4:00:12:78:66
5228 -chardev socket,id=red0,host=3.3.3.3,port=9003
5229 -chardev socket,id=red1,host=3.3.3.3,port=9004
5230 -object filter-redirector,id=f1,netdev=hn0,queue=tx,indev=red0
5231 -object filter-redirector,id=f2,netdev=hn0,queue=rx,outdev=red1
5232
5233 If you want to know the detail of above command line, you can
5234 read the colo-compare git log.
5235
5236 ``-object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=id[,queues=queues]``
5237 Creates a cryptodev backend which executes crypto opreation from
5238 the QEMU cipher APIS. The id parameter is a unique ID that will
5239 be used to reference this cryptodev backend from the
5240 ``virtio-crypto`` device. The queues parameter is optional,
5241 which specify the queue number of cryptodev backend, the default
5242 of queues is 1.
5243
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005244 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005245
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005246 # |qemu_system| \\
5247 [...] \\
5248 -object cryptodev-backend-builtin,id=cryptodev0 \\
5249 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005250 [...]
5251
5252 ``-object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=id,chardev=chardevid[,queues=queues]``
5253 Creates a vhost-user cryptodev backend, backed by a chardev
5254 chardevid. The id parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5255 reference this cryptodev backend from the ``virtio-crypto``
5256 device. The chardev should be a unix domain socket backed one.
5257 The vhost-user uses a specifically defined protocol to pass
5258 vhost ioctl replacement messages to an application on the other
5259 end of the socket. The queues parameter is optional, which
5260 specify the queue number of cryptodev backend for multiqueue
5261 vhost-user, the default of queues is 1.
5262
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005263 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005264
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005265 # |qemu_system| \\
5266 [...] \\
5267 -chardev socket,id=chardev0,path=/path/to/socket \\
5268 -object cryptodev-vhost-user,id=cryptodev0,chardev=chardev0 \\
5269 -device virtio-crypto-pci,id=crypto0,cryptodev=cryptodev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005270 [...]
5271
5272 ``-object secret,id=id,data=string,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005273 \
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005274 ``-object secret,id=id,file=filename,format=raw|base64[,keyid=secretid,iv=string]``
5275 Defines a secret to store a password, encryption key, or some
5276 other sensitive data. The sensitive data can either be passed
5277 directly via the data parameter, or indirectly via the file
5278 parameter. Using the data parameter is insecure unless the
5279 sensitive data is encrypted.
5280
5281 The sensitive data can be provided in raw format (the default),
5282 or base64. When encoded as JSON, the raw format only supports
5283 valid UTF-8 characters, so base64 is recommended for sending
5284 binary data. QEMU will convert from which ever format is
5285 provided to the format it needs internally. eg, an RBD password
5286 can be provided in raw format, even though it will be base64
5287 encoded when passed onto the RBD sever.
5288
5289 For added protection, it is possible to encrypt the data
5290 associated with a secret using the AES-256-CBC cipher. Use of
5291 encryption is indicated by providing the keyid and iv
5292 parameters. The keyid parameter provides the ID of a previously
5293 defined secret that contains the AES-256 decryption key. This
5294 key should be 32-bytes long and be base64 encoded. The iv
5295 parameter provides the random initialization vector used for
5296 encryption of this particular secret and should be a base64
5297 encrypted string of the 16-byte IV.
5298
5299 The simplest (insecure) usage is to provide the secret inline
5300
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005301 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005302
5303 # |qemu_system| -object secret,id=sec0,data=letmein,format=raw
5304
5305 The simplest secure usage is to provide the secret via a file
5306
5307 # printf "letmein" > mypasswd.txt # QEMU\_SYSTEM\_MACRO -object
5308 secret,id=sec0,file=mypasswd.txt,format=raw
5309
5310 For greater security, AES-256-CBC should be used. To illustrate
5311 usage, consider the openssl command line tool which can encrypt
5312 the data. Note that when encrypting, the plaintext must be
5313 padded to the cipher block size (32 bytes) using the standard
5314 PKCS#5/6 compatible padding algorithm.
5315
5316 First a master key needs to be created in base64 encoding:
5317
5318 ::
5319
5320 # openssl rand -base64 32 > key.b64
5321 # KEY=$(base64 -d key.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5322
5323 Each secret to be encrypted needs to have a random
5324 initialization vector generated. These do not need to be kept
5325 secret
5326
5327 ::
5328
5329 # openssl rand -base64 16 > iv.b64
5330 # IV=$(base64 -d iv.b64 | hexdump -v -e '/1 "%02X"')
5331
5332 The secret to be defined can now be encrypted, in this case
5333 we're telling openssl to base64 encode the result, but it could
5334 be left as raw bytes if desired.
5335
5336 ::
5337
5338 # SECRET=$(printf "letmein" |
5339 openssl enc -aes-256-cbc -a -K $KEY -iv $IV)
5340
5341 When launching QEMU, create a master secret pointing to
5342 ``key.b64`` and specify that to be used to decrypt the user
5343 password. Pass the contents of ``iv.b64`` to the second secret
5344
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005345 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005346
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005347 # |qemu_system| \\
5348 -object secret,id=secmaster0,format=base64,file=key.b64 \\
5349 -object secret,id=sec0,keyid=secmaster0,format=base64,\\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005350 data=$SECRET,iv=$(<iv.b64)
5351
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005352 ``-object sev-guest,id=id,cbitpos=cbitpos,reduced-phys-bits=val,[sev-device=string,policy=policy,handle=handle,dh-cert-file=file,session-file=file,kernel-hashes=on|off]``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005353 Create a Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) guest object,
5354 which can be used to provide the guest memory encryption support
5355 on AMD processors.
5356
5357 When memory encryption is enabled, one of the physical address
5358 bit (aka the C-bit) is utilized to mark if a memory page is
5359 protected. The ``cbitpos`` is used to provide the C-bit
5360 position. The C-bit position is Host family dependent hence user
5361 must provide this value. On EPYC, the value should be 47.
5362
5363 When memory encryption is enabled, we loose certain bits in
5364 physical address space. The ``reduced-phys-bits`` is used to
5365 provide the number of bits we loose in physical address space.
5366 Similar to C-bit, the value is Host family dependent. On EPYC,
5367 the value should be 5.
5368
5369 The ``sev-device`` provides the device file to use for
5370 communicating with the SEV firmware running inside AMD Secure
5371 Processor. The default device is '/dev/sev'. If hardware
5372 supports memory encryption then /dev/sev devices are created by
5373 CCP driver.
5374
5375 The ``policy`` provides the guest policy to be enforced by the
5376 SEV firmware and restrict what configuration and operational
5377 commands can be performed on this guest by the hypervisor. The
5378 policy should be provided by the guest owner and is bound to the
5379 guest and cannot be changed throughout the lifetime of the
5380 guest. The default is 0.
5381
5382 If guest ``policy`` allows sharing the key with another SEV
5383 guest then ``handle`` can be use to provide handle of the guest
5384 from which to share the key.
5385
5386 The ``dh-cert-file`` and ``session-file`` provides the guest
5387 owner's Public Diffie-Hillman key defined in SEV spec. The PDH
5388 and session parameters are used for establishing a cryptographic
5389 session with the guest owner to negotiate keys used for
5390 attestation. The file must be encoded in base64.
5391
Dov Murik55cdf562021-11-11 10:00:43 +00005392 The ``kernel-hashes`` adds the hashes of given kernel/initrd/
5393 cmdline to a designated guest firmware page for measured Linux
5394 boot with -kernel. The default is off. (Since 6.2)
5395
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005396 e.g to launch a SEV guest
5397
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005398 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005399
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005400 # |qemu_system_x86| \\
5401 ...... \\
5402 -object sev-guest,id=sev0,cbitpos=47,reduced-phys-bits=5 \\
5403 -machine ...,memory-encryption=sev0 \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005404 .....
5405
5406 ``-object authz-simple,id=id,identity=string``
5407 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5408 network services.
5409
5410 The ``identity`` parameter is identifies the user and its format
5411 depends on the network service that authorization object is
5412 associated with. For authorizing based on TLS x509 certificates,
5413 the identity must be the x509 distinguished name. Note that care
5414 must be taken to escape any commas in the distinguished name.
5415
5416 An example authorization object to validate a x509 distinguished
5417 name would look like:
5418
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005419 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005420
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005421 # |qemu_system| \\
5422 ... \\
5423 -object 'authz-simple,id=auth0,identity=CN=laptop.example.com,,O=Example Org,,L=London,,ST=London,,C=GB' \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005424 ...
5425
5426 Note the use of quotes due to the x509 distinguished name
5427 containing whitespace, and escaping of ','.
5428
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005429 ``-object authz-listfile,id=id,filename=path,refresh=on|off``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005430 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5431 network services.
5432
5433 The ``filename`` parameter is the fully qualified path to a file
5434 containing the access control list rules in JSON format.
5435
5436 An example set of rules that match against SASL usernames might
5437 look like:
5438
5439 ::
5440
5441 {
5442 "rules": [
5443 { "match": "fred", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5444 { "match": "bob", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5445 { "match": "danb", "policy": "deny", "format": "glob" },
5446 { "match": "dan*", "policy": "allow", "format": "exact" },
5447 ],
5448 "policy": "deny"
5449 }
5450
5451 When checking access the object will iterate over all the rules
5452 and the first rule to match will have its ``policy`` value
5453 returned as the result. If no rules match, then the default
5454 ``policy`` value is returned.
5455
5456 The rules can either be an exact string match, or they can use
5457 the simple UNIX glob pattern matching to allow wildcards to be
5458 used.
5459
5460 If ``refresh`` is set to true the file will be monitored and
5461 automatically reloaded whenever its content changes.
5462
5463 As with the ``authz-simple`` object, the format of the identity
5464 strings being matched depends on the network service, but is
5465 usually a TLS x509 distinguished name, or a SASL username.
5466
5467 An example authorization object to validate a SASL username
5468 would look like:
5469
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005470 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005471
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005472 # |qemu_system| \\
5473 ... \\
Daniel P. Berrangé4d7beea2020-11-04 13:57:21 +00005474 -object authz-simple,id=auth0,filename=/etc/qemu/vnc-sasl.acl,refresh=on \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005475 ...
5476
5477 ``-object authz-pam,id=id,service=string``
5478 Create an authorization object that will control access to
5479 network services.
5480
5481 The ``service`` parameter provides the name of a PAM service to
5482 use for authorization. It requires that a file
5483 ``/etc/pam.d/service`` exist to provide the configuration for
5484 the ``account`` subsystem.
5485
5486 An example authorization object to validate a TLS x509
5487 distinguished name would look like:
5488
Peter Maydell09ce5f22020-02-28 15:36:13 +00005489 .. parsed-literal::
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005490
Laszlo Ersek353a06b2020-09-08 19:21:11 +02005491 # |qemu_system| \\
5492 ... \\
5493 -object authz-pam,id=auth0,service=qemu-vnc \\
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005494 ...
5495
5496 There would then be a corresponding config file for PAM at
5497 ``/etc/pam.d/qemu-vnc`` that contains:
5498
5499 ::
5500
5501 account requisite pam_listfile.so item=user sense=allow \
5502 file=/etc/qemu/vnc.allow
5503
5504 Finally the ``/etc/qemu/vnc.allow`` file would contain the list
5505 of x509 distingished names that are permitted access
5506
5507 ::
5508
5509 CN=laptop.example.com,O=Example Home,L=London,ST=London,C=GB
5510
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005511 ``-object iothread,id=id,poll-max-ns=poll-max-ns,poll-grow=poll-grow,poll-shrink=poll-shrink,aio-max-batch=aio-max-batch``
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005512 Creates a dedicated event loop thread that devices can be
5513 assigned to. This is known as an IOThread. By default device
5514 emulation happens in vCPU threads or the main event loop thread.
5515 This can become a scalability bottleneck. IOThreads allow device
5516 emulation and I/O to run on other host CPUs.
5517
5518 The ``id`` parameter is a unique ID that will be used to
5519 reference this IOThread from ``-device ...,iothread=id``.
5520 Multiple devices can be assigned to an IOThread. Note that not
5521 all devices support an ``iothread`` parameter.
5522
5523 The ``query-iothreads`` QMP command lists IOThreads and reports
5524 their thread IDs so that the user can configure host CPU
5525 pinning/affinity.
5526
5527 IOThreads use an adaptive polling algorithm to reduce event loop
5528 latency. Instead of entering a blocking system call to monitor
5529 file descriptors and then pay the cost of being woken up when an
5530 event occurs, the polling algorithm spins waiting for events for
5531 a short time. The algorithm's default parameters are suitable
5532 for many cases but can be adjusted based on knowledge of the
5533 workload and/or host device latency.
5534
5535 The ``poll-max-ns`` parameter is the maximum number of
5536 nanoseconds to busy wait for events. Polling can be disabled by
5537 setting this value to 0.
5538
5539 The ``poll-grow`` parameter is the multiplier used to increase
5540 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is missing events
5541 due to not polling long enough.
5542
5543 The ``poll-shrink`` parameter is the divisor used to decrease
5544 the polling time when the algorithm detects it is spending too
5545 long polling without encountering events.
5546
Stefano Garzarella1793ad02021-07-21 11:42:10 +02005547 The ``aio-max-batch`` parameter is the maximum number of requests
5548 in a batch for the AIO engine, 0 means that the engine will use
5549 its default.
5550
5551 The IOThread parameters can be modified at run-time using the
Peter Maydelle2fcbf42020-03-06 10:07:14 +00005552 ``qom-set`` command (where ``iothread1`` is the IOThread's
5553 ``id``):
5554
5555 ::
5556
5557 (qemu) qom-set /objects/iothread1 poll-max-ns 100000
5558ERST
Daniel P. Berrangeb9174d42015-05-13 17:14:03 +01005559
5560
Stefan Weil3dbf2c72010-01-16 18:19:44 +01005561HXCOMM This is the last statement. Insert new options before this line!
Paolo Bonzinifd5fc4b2021-05-17 07:34:21 -04005562
5563#undef DEF
5564#undef DEFHEADING
5565#undef ARCHHEADING